West Bengal State Road Development Agency (WBSRDA) for the Asian Development Bank

Initial Environmental Examination

February 2012

IND: Rural Connectivity Investment Program

Prepared by West Bengal State Road Development Agency (WBSRDA) for the Asian Development Bank.

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of 27 February 2012) Currency unit – Indian rupee (Rs) Rs1.00 = $ 0.0204019178 $1.00 = Rs 49.015000

ABBREVIATIONS ADB Asian Development Bank MORD Ministry of Rural Development MORD Ministry of Rural Development APO Accident Prevention Officer B.T. Black Top BGL Below Ground Level BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BOQ Bill of Quantity C.C. Cement Concrete CD Cross Drainage CGWA Central Ground Water Authority CGWB Central Ground Water Board Ch. Chainage COI Corridor Of Impact CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CTE Consent to Establish CTO Consent to Operate DG Diesel Generating DPR Detailed Project Report EARF Environmental Assessment Review Framework ECOP Environmental Code of Practices EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMOP Environmental Monitoring Plan EMP Environmental Management Plan EO Environmental Officer FEO Field Environmental Officer GDP Gross Domestic Product GOI Government of India GSHAP Global Seismic Hazard Assessment Program HC Hydrocarbon HH House Hold IEE Initial Environmental Assessment IRC Indian Road Congress LHS Left Hand Side MCM Million Cubic Meter MFF Multi-Tranche Financing Facility MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests ii

MORD Ministry of Rural Development MOSRTH Ministry of Road Transport & Highways NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NGO Non-government organization NOx Nitrogen Oxides NRRDA National Rural Road Development Agency NSDP Net State Domestic Product PIC Project Implementation Consultant PIU Project Implementation Unit PLF Plant Load Factor PM Particulate Matters PMGSY Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojna PPE Personal Protective Equipment‟s PPTA Project Preparation Technical Assistance RCIP Rural Connectivity Investment Program RHS Right Hand Side ROW Right of way RRS I Loan 2018-IND: Rural Roads Sector I Project RRS II Loan 2248-IND: Rural Roads Sector II Investment Program RSES ADB‟s Environmental Safeguard Division SBD Standard Bidding Documents SDP State Domestic Product

SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPCB State Pollution Control Board SPS ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement,2009 SRRDA State Rural Road Development Agency STDs Sexually transmitted diseases TDS Total Dissolved Solids TSC Technical Support Consultants UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization WBM Water Bound Macadam WBRRDA West Bengal Rural Road Development Agency

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

hect hectare km kilometer m meter

NOTE In this report, "$" refers to US dollars

iii

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ii 1. INTRODUCTION 1 1.1. Project Background...... 1 1.2. Project Roads Identification and Location ...... 1 1.3. Rural Road Construction Proposal ...... 2 1.4. ADB Safeguard Policies and Category of the Project ...... 2 1.5. Objectives and Approach for Environnemental Assessment ...... 3 1.6. IEE Methodology and Content ...... 3 1.7. Legal Framework and Legislative Requirements: ...... 4 1.8. Acknowledgement ...... 6 2. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 7 2.1. General ...... 7 2.2. Sample Roads Selected in West Bengal State ...... 7 2.3. Project Description ...... 7 2.3.1. Rural Road Construction Proposals ...... 7 2.3.2. Present Condition ...... 8 2.3.3. Alignment and Profile ...... 8 2.3.4. Design Considerations ...... 8 2.3.5. Construction Methods ...... 9 2.3.6. Available Right of Way ...... 9 2.3.7. Traffic ...... 9 2.3.8. Economic Assessment ...... 10 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 11 3.1. General ...... 11 3.2. Physical Environment ...... 19 3.2.1. Meteorology and Climate ...... 19 3.2.2. Ambient Air Quality ...... 19 3.2.3. Noise ...... 20 3.2.4. Physiography and Geology ...... 21 3.2.5. Soils ...... 22 3.2.6. Seismicity ...... 23 3.2.7. Land use ...... 24 3.2.8. Hydro-geology and Hydrology ...... 25 3.3. Biological Environment ...... 26 3.3.1. Terrestrial flora ...... 26 3.3.2. Wild Life and Protected Areas ...... 27 3.3.3. Aquatic Biology: ...... 32 3.4. Socio-Economic Environment ...... 32 3.4.1. Demography: ...... 32 3.4.2. Healthcare ...... 32 3.4.3. Literacy and Education ...... 32 3.4.4. Affluence ...... 33 3.4.5. Economy ...... 33 3.4.6. Agriculture ...... 34 3.4.7. Mineral Resources ...... 34 3.4.8. Physical Infrastructure ...... 35 3.4.9. Religious and Cultural festivals: ...... 35 3.5. Salient Environmental Features of Sample Roads ...... 35 v

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURES 43 4.1. Common Impacts during Design and Construction Phase ...... 43 4.1.1. Climate change ...... 43 4.1.2. Finalization of Alignment ...... 44 4.1.3. Land Acquisition ...... 44 4.1.4. Protected Areas (National parks, Wild life sanctuaries, Eco sensitive zones, protected /historical monuments) and Forest Areas...... 44 4.1.5. Land Clearing Operations ...... 45 4.1.6. Cut and Fill and Embankment construction ...... 45 4.1.7. Establishment of Construction Camp, Temporary office and Storage Area 46 4.1.8. Traffic Movement ...... 47 4.1.9. Associated Impacts due to Construction Activities ...... 47 4.2. Common Impacts during Post Construction and Operation Phase ...... 51 4.2.1. Air Quality ...... 51 4.2.2. Noise ...... 52 4.2.3. Land, Soil, Tree Plantation ...... 52 4.2.4. Groundwater ...... 52 4.2.5. Hydrology and Drainage ...... 52 4.2.6. Socio-Economic Impact ...... 52 4.3. Road Specific Impacts ...... 53 5. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN, INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS AND GRIEVANCE ADDRESS MECHANISM 54 5.1. Environmental Management Plan ...... 54 5.2. Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 54 5.3. Institutional Arrangements and Responsibilities ...... 55 5.4. Institutional Environmental Responsibilities ...... 57 5.5. Environmental Assessment and Review Framework ( EARF) for RCIP ...... 59 5.6. Capacity Building ...... 61 5.7. Consultation and Information Disclosure ...... 61 5.8. Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 61 6. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 63 6.1. General ...... 63 6.2. Compliance with Relevant Regulatory Requirements ...... 63 6.3. Beneficiaries‟ Comments ...... 63 7. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 67 7.1. Conclusions ...... 67 7.2. Key Recommendations: ...... 68

List of Tables Table 2.1 : Summary of District Wise Rural Roads ...... 7 Table 2.2 : ROW Requirement ...... 8 Table 3.1 : Summary Key Environmental Features of the Sample Roads Districts ...... 12 Table 3.2 : Ambient Air Quality during 2008 ...... 19 Table 3.3 : Ambient Air Quality Status of West Bengal in 2008 ...... 20 Table 3.4 : Land Use ( forest cover) in Project Districts ...... 24 Table 3.5 : Hydro-Geological Conditions across the Project Districts ...... 25 Table 3.6 : List of common plant species available in the study area ...... 26 Table 3.7 : List of Protected Areas in West Bengal ...... 28 Table 3.8 : Demographic Profile ...... 32 Table 3.9 : Human Development Indicators of West Bengal ...... 33 Table 3.10 : Indicators of Affluence ...... 33

Table 3.11 : Indicators of Economy of West Bengal ...... 34 Table 3.12 : Physical Infrastructure ...... 35 Table 3.13 : Salient Environmental Features of Sample Roads ...... 35 Table 6.1 : Addressal of Issues and Concerns under the Project...... 65 Table 6.2 : Summary of Issues and Findings at Various Locations ...... 65

List of Figures Figure 3.1 : Physiography Map of Project Districts –West Bengal ...... 21 Figure 3.2 : Geological Map of West Bengal ...... 22 Figure 3.3 : Hazard Zone Map ...... 24 Figure 3.4 : Seismic Zone Map ...... 24 Figure 3.5 : Protected Areas of West Bengal ...... 28 Figure 5.1 : Institutional Arrangement for EMP Implementation ...... 56

List of Appendix Appendix 2.1: Details of Roads in West Bengal ...... 0 Note: The road length in certain cased have changed during DPR preparation stage compared to ECOPs preparation stages. PIU concerned will update the ECOPs while updating EMPs as per DPR before attaching it alongwith DPR...... 0 Appendix 2.2: Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist ...... 1 Appendix 2.3: Rural Roads: Environmental Checklist ...... 6 Appendix 2.4: ECOPs of Sample Roads in West Bengal ...... 10 Appendix 4.1: Guidelines for Borrow Areas Management ...... 152 Appendix 5.1: Environmental Management Plan ...... 157 Appendix 5.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 175 Appendix 6.1: Public Consultation in West Bengal ...... 190

Map 1: Project Area of Rural Connectivity Investment Program

Project Districts

Map 2 : State and Project Districts Map of West Bengal

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Background 1. The Government of India (GOI) has launched a nation-wide rural road improvement program in year 2000 namely “The Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojna (PMGSY). The objective of PMGSY is to provide all-weather road connectivity to all rural habitations with a population of more than 500 persons in plains and and 250 persons in hill states. According to latest survey undertaken by state governments as part of PMGSY, about 0.167 million unconnected habitations are eligible for coverage under this programme. This involves construction of about 0.371 million km of roads for new connectivity and 0.368 million km under upgradation. This programme is being implemented through National Rural Road Development Authority (NRRDA) under Ministry of Rural Development (MORD) at central level and through State Rural Road Development Authority (SRRDA) at state level. 2. PMGSY programme is anticipated to be essential for poverty elimination, and accelerating overall development in rural areas. The programme until now has been successful to meet its objective of employment generation, trade improvements and income enhancement. 3. The Rural Connectivity Investment Program (RCIP) is a multi-tranche financing facility (MFF) that will construct or upgrade to the all-weather standard about 12,000 km of rural roads connecting around 4,000 habitations in the states of Assam, Chhattisgarh, Orissa, Madhya Pradesh and West Bengal. Each RCIP state is expected to identify about 100 Km sample roads and about 1000 Km first batch roads. This report pertains to sample roads in West Bengal State. 4. The WBSRDA has selected about 82.270 km of rural roads for inclusion under RCIP as sample roads in Chhattisgarh. The 82.270 km of roads comprises 17 different stretches spread over in three districts of the State. Within each district, the roads are further scattered in several blocks and sub divisions. The minimum and maximum length of the roads ranges between 1.230 and 13.028 km respectively. These roads has been selected following PMGSY guidelines for the selection of roads under this programme and satisfy the following environmental safeguards: i. The selected road shall not disturb any cultural heritage designated by the Government or by international agencies, such as UNESCO, and shall avoid any monuments of cultural or historical importance. ii. The selected road shall not pass through any designated wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, notified ecological sensitive areas or area of internationally significance (e.g., protected wetland designated by the Wetland Convention). iii. The sub projects shall only involve activities that follow Government of India laws and regulations and meets funding agency safeguard policies. 5. The proposal for rural road construction works typically considers a 10-12 m right of way (ROW), which includes side slopes for embankment, side drains on either side of the alignment. The roads consists both Black Top (B.T.) and Cement Concrete (C.C.) as per the ROW availability. The construction proposals are confined to the existing alignment of the unpaved tracks. 6. The project is classified as category B as per ADB Safeguard Policy Statement 09. These small roads do not require any environmental clearance in accordance to Indian Environmental (Protection) Act and Rules, 1986 amended till date. However, iii these roads may attract attract few other legislation such as permission under Forest Conservation Act for diversion of forest land if involved, or tree cutting, Permission Air and Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Acts for establishment of temporary workshops, construction camps, hot and mix plants. Description of Project 7. The selected 17 roads are spread over Jalpaiguri, Bankura, Murshidabad, North 24 Pargana districts and mainly pass through plain terrain and agricultural area. The project roads have several cross drainage structure, common utility strictures (like electric post, telephone post, hand pumps) and community physical structures (like Temple, schools, religious structures) along the existing alignment. All efforts are made to save these structures while finalising the alignment but some of these may need to be shifted. 8. The proposed rural road construction work will provide 7.5 m roadway width ( this may be reduced to 6 m as per latest guidelines) with 3.75 m carriageway in accordance with the IRC-SP 20: 2002 in plain terrain. The proposal considers a 3.75 m cement concrete pavement with lined storm water drains for stretches passing through built-up areas, waterlogged/water overtopping/ flood prone areas. The pavement design considers a base layer of variable thickness as per the design with granular sub base, 150 mm thick water bound macadam (WBM grade I & II) and finally topped with 20 mm thick bituminous pavement. Adequate cross drainage structures like pipe or slab culverts/bridge structures are considered for drainage channels across the roads. Few minor bridges are also proposed to be constructed. 9. Considering the sub-grade strength, projected traffic and the design life, the pavement design for low volume PMGSY roads are proposed to be carried out as per IRC guidelines IRC: SP: 72 – 2007 or IRC SP:77 “Design of Gravel Road” and IRC SP:62-2004 “Cement Concrete roads”. In built up area for hygienic and safety reasons, C.C pavement is proposed with a hard shoulder and appropriate line drain. A design life of 10 years is considered for the purpose of pavement design of flexible and granular pavements. The embankment height considered as 1m (average) from ground to crust except at the approaches of cross drainage structures. The embankment height will vary in flood prone area as per the HFL. The design speed considered is as per recommended design speed of 50 Km/h. Description of Environment 10. The climate of the West Bengal state, except the Himalayan and sub-Himalayan region in the northern part of the state has a tropical climate. The minimum annual temperature in the northern districts (Himalayan foot hill region) varies from freezing point to 17°C and over 18°C in other parts of the state. The annual mean maximum temperature ranges from 28°C in the Himalayan region to 33°C in the plains. Normally, May to October months are humid and January to April are dry. The relative humidity (expressed in percentage) is more in northern and southern part of State as compared to western and eastern parts of the state. The maximum relative humidity ranges from 75 to 95% in morning hours and 50 to 65% in the evening hours. As per seismic hazard map of India updated by Bureau of Indian Standards The project region falls in Zones III & V i.e moderate to high risk zone. 11. Most of the project area lies in vast open agricultural land and is largely free from air pollution sources other than traffic and few brick-kilns existing in the area. As such, the ambient air quality (for parameters SO2, RSPM and NOX ) is expected to be

iv within the limits in most of rural and semi urban areas. The ambient noise levels are also expected to be within the National Ambient Noise Standards due to absence of any high noise sources in proposed road vicinity. 12. The land use within state broadly comprises of cultivable land, uncultivable land, forest land, waste land, urban area and industrial area. Land use pattern along the project road is mixed type dominated by agriculture, barren land, forest land and residential areas. The district Jalpaiguri, has substantial area covered under forests. 13. West Bengal State has three major river basins, namely Ganga, Brahmaputra and Subarnarekha. Among these, Ganga is the largest and covers almost 80% of the state, whereas the Brahmaputra basin covers about 15% of the area and Subarnarekha basin covers about 5% of the geographical area of the State. The rural road construction proposals are normally cross small drainage channels, which eventually join the major channels/rivulets. All of these channels generally remain dry for most part of the year and drain the storm water for few weeks only during or after the monsoon. The West Bengal has both chronically draught prone and flood affected areas within the state. The chronically drought prone area is, part of Bankura district. Chronically flood affected areas are parts of Murshidabad districts and a few patches in the northern district of Jalpaiguri. 14. The ground water is largely being used for drinking purposes in the rural areas which is being extracted through hand pumps. The entire region has a very good potential for ground water development with estimated present ground water utilization at less than 50% of the available resources. The entire West Bengal falls under safe category as per Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) guidelines. 15. The west Bengal state owing to the varying altitude from the Himalayas to the coastal plains, the flora and fauna of the state is diverse. Forests make up 14% of the geographical area of West Bengal, which is lower than the national average of 23%. Protected forests cover 4% of the state area. Part of the world's largest mangrove forest Sundarbans is located in southern West Bengal. None of the road stretches passes through any forest land/area. The tree density within ROW of sample road project alignment is about 5-10 trees per Km. West Bengal has 5 National Parks and 15 Wild life sanctuaries spread over an area of 2754.39 Sq. Km. There is no wildlife Sanctuaries/National Parks, Tiger Reserves etc. along the project area. No wetland or large water body falls except large water stagnant area in one or two roads. Fisheries activities are quite common in subproject areas. None of the roads consists of any rare, endangered or threatened floral or faunal species. Small number of tree is falling within ROW. 16. West Bengal has a total population of 80 Mn persons which is largely rural (73%). Tribal constitute about 5.8% of the population. The state has made considerable progress in the literacy level of the state. The literacy rate of the state is almost the same as national average. The percentage of population below the poverty is high at 32%. In both rural and urban areas of West Bengal, the proportion of households having access to safe drinking water is also less compared to the all-India scenario. Agriculture is the leading occupation in West Bengal. Rice is the state's principal food crop. Other food crops are pulses, oil seeds, wheat, tobacco, sugarcane and potatoes. Manufacturing industries playing an important economic role are engineering products, electronics, electrical equipment, cables, steel, leather, textiles, jewellery, frigates, automobiles, railway coaches, and wagons. West Bengal is nearly three percent of the nation's cultivable land. It produces more than eight per cent of the food of the country. West v

Bengal has well-developed road and rail network. The road density per 100 km in West Bengal is more than the National average Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 17. Road improvements work brings substantial economic and social benefits to rural communities and national economies. However, it may also cause adverse environmental impacts though of smaller magnitude, since rural road subprojects are planned to follow the existing alignments and will be of 6 to 7.5 m width only. The impacts are largely expected to be during construction phase, which can be mitigated through engineering measures and adoption of best construction practices. 18. All sample roads included under RCIP were selected based on ecological and climate change consideration defined under EARF. Accordingly, none of the sample roads passes through protected areas or encroaches precious ecology (sensitive or protected areas) or any historical or archeologically protected areas. 19. Most of the sub project roads pass through agricultural fields and along the existing alignments with low embankment height of 1m (average) from ground to crust except at the approaches of cross drainage structures. As such, the sub project roads are unlikely to be vulnerable or increase the vulnerability of surrounding areas (with respect to population growth, settlement patterns, increasing runoff or landslides). Compensatory tree plantations (1:3) will be made to compensate the loss of trees cut for construction of sub project roads. Efforts shall be made to plant additional trees for increasing the carbon sink. 20. Impacts due to road alignment and design is expected to be minor and limited to shifting of some common utilities, community structures (temple, school) and trees located along the road alignment. The road alignment is finalised considering availability of right of way. The ROW is reduced in built up area or constricted areas to minimize land acquisition. The road alignment has also been modified to avoid tree cutting, shifting of utilities or community structure to the extent feasible 21. No land acquisition is involved due to various measures considered for finalisation of road alignment. Villagers have volunteered to donate their land if at certain stages land is required for geometrical correction or alignment adjustment for avoiding tree cutting or shifting of community structure 22. Inadequate alignment planning may increase the cut and fill requirement as well as need for more borrow earth for embankment formation leading to some impact on land use. The alignment design shall consider options to minimise excessive cuts and fills. The cut and fill quantities shall be used for embankment to minimise barrow earth requirement. 23. The congregation of labour population and technical staff in the subproject area during the construction phase is likely to put considerable stress on the limited resources of village areas. Some of the associated impacts are related to health, safety of the labourers at the construction camp sites, availability of safe drinking water, and sanitation. Similarly setting up hotmix plant and operation of construction equipment can cause air, noise and water pollution. Construction camp or hotmix plant will be set up at least 500 m away from habitat or forest areas. All required sanitation, occupational health and safety measures will be followed as suggested under environmental management plan.

24. Water stagnation and water logging problem is also identified along many existing sample road areas. Few of the roads portions get inundated near water stagnated area during rainy season .Adequate design measures for drainage, road levels, slop stabilisation shall be taken for prevention of water logging or water stagnation or road overtopping during rains. Environmental Management Plan and Institutional Arrangements 25. Appropriate mitigation measures are identified for all rural road construction and operation activities. The identified impacts associated with rural roads and mitigative measures are largely common to most of the roads. The EMP ( Appendix 5.1) provides action common to all roads at pre construction, construction and operation stage. Since IEE is carried out prior to preparation of DPR, the EMP will be updated specific to road as per DPR requirements by PIU and included with DPR which shall be available to contractor at the time of bidding. 26. The environmental monitoring program ( Appendix 5.2) is prepared with aim to monitor the environmental performance of environmental management plan. For rural roads, Environmental Monitoring plan will be more observation oriented and it provides observation areas with frequency of monitoring at pre construction aspects construction stage and operation stage. 27. NRRDA/SRRDA has defined institutional setup including with specified responsibility for environmental management. Existing capacity of the State Rural Roads Development Agencies (SRRDAs) and Project Implementation Units (PIUs) for implementing environmental safeguard issues need substantial strengthening. The capacity enhancement is proposed through focused workshops and training session. Few workshops have already been conducted at participating states through ADB appointed Environmental specialist. Trained and experienced in-house officials should carry out more raining in future periodically 28. Grievance Redress Mechanism is also defined for receiving public concerns at state, PIU and central level. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure 29. The project has immense acceptability among the local people. They perceived that in addition to providing all weather connectivity, the sub-project road would bring positive socio-economic changes in the area. The project has tried its best to address all the issues raised during consultations under the constraints of suitability from engineering point of view. Conclusion 30. The findings of Environment Assessment of sample roads indicate that impacts are mostly similar and subprojects are unlikely to cause any significant environmental impacts. While some of the impacts are negative, there are many bearing benefits to the area. Most of the impacts are likely to occur during construction stage, are temporary in nature, and can be mitigated with minor to negligible residual impacts. The implementation of prescribed mitigation measures will minimize/avoid the adverse impacts. Moreover, the impacts shall be monitored continually by implementing and updating the Environmental Management plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan. Executing agency shall ensure that updated road specific EMP forms part of DPR and is available to contractor at the time of bidding. . The contractor will specify the quantity and budget for various activities like rehabilitation of borrow earth pits, first aid and vii sanitation facilities at construction camp and temporary office/material storage place as per EMP requirements. The same shall be revised if there is any change in the project design. Any such change shall be reported to ADB as well. 31. Any major changes or any major additional work other than the proposed project activities will require updation of ECOP and IEE. The updated ECOP and IEE will have to be submitted to NRRDA, and ADB for concurrence before civil works commence

1. INTRODUCTION Project Background 1. The Government of I ndia (GOI) has launched a nation-wide r ural r oad improvement program in year 2000 namely “The Pradhan Mantri G ram S adak Y ojna (PMGSY). T he objective of P MGSY is t o provide all-weather road connectivity to all rural ha bitations w ith a population of more t han 50 0 persons in pl ains and an d 25 0 persons i n hill st ates. According t o latest survey un dertaken by state go vernments as part of P MGSY, ab out 0.167 million unconnected habitations are eligible f or coverage under this programme. This involves construction of about 0.371 million km of roads for new con nectivity an d 0.368 million km un der u pgradation. This pro gramme i s be ing implemented t hrough National R ural R oad Development A gency ( NRRDA) un der Ministry of Rural Development ( MORD) at cen tral level an d through S tate Rural Road Development Agency (SRRDA) at state level. 2. PMGSY pro gramme is anticipated t o be es sential f or po verty el imination, and accelerating ov erall de velopment i n rural areas . T he pro gramme until no w ha s be en successful to meet i ts ob jective. Some of t he following findings o f l atest su rvey conducted in different state implementing PMGSY programme indicate the success and need for continuation of this programme: Employment G eneration: P MGSY r oads have facilitated m obility t o markets. Better access to markets have opened up avenues of employment both on-farm and off-farm as well as self-employment. Trade Improvement: Better linkages with markets have resulted in an expansion of agricultural and allied trade, local industries and petty trade. Income enhancement: The average household income1 has recorded increase in one year time by 7.7 percent to 10.6 percent 3. The Rural Connectivity Investment Program (RCIP) is continuation of Rural Road Sector P rogramme (RRS I I) an d i s a multi-tranche financing facility ( MFF) t hat w ill construct o r up grade to the al l-weather s tandard ab out 12 ,000 km of r ural r oads connecting around 4,00 0 habitations in the st ates of A ssam, C hhattisgarh, Orissa, Madhya Pradesh an d West B engal (RCIP st ates). The R CIP w ill also focus o n improvement of institutional arrangements, business processes and associated capacity building, especially in relation to design, operation, safeguard, financial, road safety, and asset management matters. 4. Each RCIP state is expected to identify about 100 Km sample roads and about 1000 Km first batch roads. This report pertains to sample roads in West Bengal S tate. The West B engal S tate Road Development A gency ( WBSRDA) i s t he i mplementation agency of PMGSY program in West Bengal. Project Roads Identification and Location 5. PMGSY has prepared specific g uidelines f or the selection of r oads under t his programme. The key requirements is that any road will be eligible for construction or up-

1 Based on the replies of 250 households directly/indirectly benefited from PMGSY programme. 2 gradation only if it is part of the Core Network2 and satisfy the following environmental safeguards: iv. The selected road shall not disturb any cultural heritage designated by the Government or by international agencies, such as UNESCO, and shall avoid any monuments of cultural or historical importance. v. The selected shall not pass through any designated wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, notified ecological sensitive areas or area of internationally significance (e.g., protected wetland designated by the Wetland Convention); vi. The sub projects shall only involve activities that follow Government of India laws and regulations and meets funding agency safeguard policies. 6. The WBSRDA has selected about 82 km of rural roads to be taken up under RCIP as sample subproject roads in West Bengal. The 82 km of roads comprises 17 different stretches spread over in five districts of the State. Within each district, the roads are further scattered in several blocks and sub divisions. The minimum and maximum length of the roads ranges between 1.5 and11.89 km respectively. The list of 82 km roads with location and length is given in Appendix 1.1 and the location map of the districts is shown in Map 1 to 2 . Rural Road Construction Proposal 7. The proposal for rural road construction works typically considers a 10-12m right of way (ROW), which includes side slopes for embankment, side drains on either side of the alignment. The roads consists both Black Top (B.T.) and Cement Concrete (C.C.) as per the ROW availability. 8. The construction proposals are confined to the existing alignment of the unpaved tracks. Majority of these are foot/pathways traditionally used by the villagers and transformed into the present form of unpaved tracks/roads through minor construction works taken up by the communities, local bodies and state Government over the decades. ADB Safeguard Policies and Category of the Project 9. The Asian Development Bank has defined its Safeguard requirements under its „Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 (SPS). The SPS require environmental assessment, mitigation and commitment towards environmental protection. The prime objectives of these safeguard policies are to (i) avoid adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible; and (ii) minimize, mitigate, and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is not possible. ADB as per SPS 09 classify a project into category A, B or C depending on potential adverse environmental impacts. 10. The project has been evaluated considering outcome of Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist3and the same is enclosed as Appendix 1.2 . All environmentally

2 Core Network is that minimal network of roads (routes)that is essential to provide access to essential social and economic services to all eligible habitations in the selected areas through at least single all-weather road connectivity. A core network comprises of through routes and link routes. Through routes are the ones, which collect traffic from several link roads or a long chain of habitations and lead it to marketing centres either directly or through the higher category roads i.e., the district roads or the state or national highways. Link routes are the roads connecting a single habitation or a group of habitations to through routes or district roads leading to market centres. Link routes generally have dead ends terminating on a habitation, while through routes arise from the confluence of two or more link routes and emerge on to a major road or to a market centre 3 REA checklist defined for Roads and Highways as per ADB Environmental Guidelines 2003 3 sensitive components along each subproject roads is critically analysed to assess the magnitude and extent of likely impacts. These sample subproject roads stretches do not pass through any protected areas nor located near any archeologically important monument. As per selection guidelines, none of the selected subproject road passes through reserved forests either. Few trees cutting though may be involved. The road primarily passes through agricultural and residential areas. Most of the roads follow existing village roads and unpaved movement paths. As such, land acquisition is also low. Hence, the project will fall under category B as per ADB Safeguard Policy Statement. 11. No categorisation is made under environmental legislation since these small roads do not require any environmental clearance in accordance to Indian Environmental (Protection) Act and Rules, 1986 amended till date. Objectives and Approach for Environnemental Assessment 12. The prime objectives of theenvironmental assessment is to identify the likely environmental impacts during design, construction and operation stage of each sub project and suggest cost effective mitigation and monitoring measures with institutional mechanism applicable to all the sub projects as well as specific to a subproject. 13. Since there is large number of subproject roads involved under RCIP and magnitude of each road is small, preparation of individual IEE‟s for each road will be difficult and time consuming. ADB had finalised Environmental Code of Practices (ECOP) checklist (Appendix 1.3) under RRS II, which is modified for RCIP. Subprojects specific Initial Environmental Assessment (IEE) is carried out as per this ECOP checklist. These completed ECOP checklist with annexures on tree, utility and community structures, strip maps and photographs for each selected sample road are enclosed as Appendix 1.4. 14. The findings of subproject specific assessment suggest that similar issues exist amongst the state roads with very few subproject specific issues. Therefore, state specific IEE report has been prepared based on ECOP checklist of selected sample subproject roads (about 100 km per state). This IEE approach will be followed for conducting environmental assessment for remaining subprojects under RCIP. IEE Methodology and Content 15. The state specific IEE has been largely structured as per SPS, 2009 and ADB‟s Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003). The IEE reports EMPs, including EMPs, monitoring plans, cover the most environmentally sensitive components in state as well as specific to subproject roads. 16. Corridor of Impact: The direct area of influence or the corridor of impact (COI) has been considered as, 10 m on either side of the proposed sample roads alignment Based on the proposed cross-section. 17. Field visits, Primary and Secondary Data Collection: Each selected sample road was visited along with concerned PIU officials for environmental assessment and identification of associated environmental issues. Each road specific strip map was prepared during the field visit to capture the information related to tree inventory, utility and community structures located along the proposed road alignment, surface water bodies, and ecological sensitivities. Secondary environmental information pertaining to the environmental issues, protected area, forests areas were collected from various

4 government and non-governmental / research institutions for assessment of the baseline environment of the project locations, district and state as a whole. 18. Data Analysis, I mpact i dentification an d Mitigation M easures: In formation collected w ere analyses an d impact w as identified usi ng ex pert‟s as sessment an d following establ ished practices. M itigative measures are propose d com mon t o l arger roads and specific to the roads. EMP is prepared considering mitigative measures and institutional framework of SRRDA. 19. The I EE r eport includes following sev en cha pters i ncluding this i ntroduction Chapter. Chapter 1- Introduction Chapter 2- Description of Project Chapter 3- Description of Environment Chapter 4- Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures Chapter 5 - Institutional R equirement an d E nvironmental M onitoring Plan Chapter 6-Public Consultation and Information Disclosure Chapter 7- Conclusion and Recommendation

Legal Framework and Legislative Requirements: 20. India has w ell de fined institutional an d legislative framework. T he l egislation covers all components of environment viz air, water, soil, terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna, natural resources, and sen sitive ha bitats. India i s also si gnatory to v arious international conventions and protocols. 21. As pe r Environment (Protection) A ct, 19 86; t he E nvironmental Impact Assessment N otification, 20 06; amend ed in 20 09 defines t he en vironmental impact assessment for defined de velopment pro jects. All N ew or expansion o f N ational an d State Highways r equires Environmental I mpact Assessment an d Environmental Clearance from central or state level Environmental Appraisal Authority. However, small roads proj ects as propo sed un der R CIP do no t r equire environmental asse ssment o r clearance as per ab ove notification. Since ab ove en vironmental asse ssment requirement i s no t ap plicable, the mainstream en vironmental con cerns specific procedures that were formulated under Rural Roads Sector I (RRS I) and Rural Roads Sector II Investment Program (RRS II) will in any case be implemented. 22. In ad dition to ab ove, new road co nstruction o r road i mprovement work attract many l egislation including for di version of forest l and, tree cu tting, opening o f ne w quarry, establishment of temporary workshops, construction camps, hot mix plants, and use of vehicles f or construction. The legislation applicable f or sample RCIP roads are listed below:

Sl. No. Legislation Applicability

1. Environment (Protection) Not applicable to these rural roads. It is Act 1986-EIA Notification applicable only to National and State 2006 (Amended 2009) highways.

2. Forests (Conservation) As per above Act/Rules Forest Clearance from Act 1980 (Amended Department of Forests/Ministry of Environment 1988), and Forest and Forests Govt. of India is required for (Conservation) Rules, diversion of forest land (if any) for non-forest 1981, (Amended 2003) purpose. Prior permission is required from forests department to carry out any work within the forest areas and felling of roadside trees. Cutting of trees need to be compensated by compensatory afforestation as per permission condition.

3. The Wildlife (Protection) Not Applicable, since no sample road is Act, 1972 (Amended selected if it passes through protected areas. 1993); Not applicable in this case. Since No roads will be selected passing through protected areas or sanctuaries

4. The Water (Prevention Placement of hot-mix plants, quarrying and and Control of Pollution) crushers, batch mixing plants, discharge of Act 1972 (Amended sewage from construction camps requires No 1988), and the Water Objection Certificate (Consent to Establish and (Prevention and Control Consent to Operate) from State Pollution of Pollution) Rules, 1974 Control Board prior to start of construction or setting up specific facility. Authorisation will 5. The Air (Prevention and also be required for disposal of Hazardous Control of Pollution) Act, Waste like waste oil etc. from State Pollution 1981, (Amended 1987), Control Board and the Air (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982

6. The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 (Amended 2002)

7. The Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2008 (Amended 2009), and

the Batteries (Management and Handling) Rule, 2001

8. Guidelines for Ground Permission from Central Ground Water Water Extraction Authority(CGWA) is required for extracting Prescribed by Central ground water for construction purposes, from Ground Water Authority declared as Semi-critical, Critical and under the power granted Overexploited areas critical or semi critical under Environment from ground water potential prospective. For (Protection) Act 1986 NOC, An application in the prescribed Performa is to be submitted to either to the Office of the Regional Director, Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) of the concerned state, or to Member Secretary, CGWA, New Delhi

. 23. The PMGSY Scheme and Guidelines (2004) No. 12025/8/2001-RC, Ministry of Rural Development (MORD) also defines environmental safeguards particularly with respect to sample road selection and regulatory compliance which is also to be complied with. Acknowledgement 24. The PPTA consultants gratefully acknowledge the support received from NRRDA and WBRRDA throughout the environmental assessment process. We also acknowledge the assistance received from respective PIUs during field visits and other Govt. agencies for primary and secondary data collection as well during public consultation. 7

2. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT General 25. The PMGSY program has mandate to provide all-weather roads to all the rural habitations within the country. RCIP is planned to meet above objective. 100 Km roads are identified as sample roads for each of the five states participating under RCIP. The broad specification for road alignment selection, payment design, construction methodology, geometric design etc. are same and is as per the “Specification for Rural Roads” published by IRC on behalf of the Ministry of Rural Development, Govt. of India. The design details presented in this chapter are as per above specifications. Minor changes will apply depending on road specific issues and design consideration. 26. Since topography of project districts of West Bengal state is largely flat and few patches are undulated, the design details applicable to flat terrain are presented in following section. Sample Roads Selected in West Bengal State 27. The West Bengal state has selected 14 roads with a total length of 82.270Km spread over five districts as summarised at Table 2.1 below and detailed at Appendix 1.1.

: Summary of District Wise Rural Roads Name of the No. of Length of Roads (km) S. No District Road Total Minimum Maximum 1 Jalpaiguri 4 22.677 3.680 7.828 2 Bankura 3 34.985 10.114 13.028 3 Murshidabad 5 16.595 1.230 8.014 North 24 4 2 8.012 2.413 5.599 Pargana Total 14 82.270 17.437 34.469

Project Description Rural Road Construction Proposals 28. The proposed rural road construction work will include upgradation to a full single-lane cross section having 3.75 m wide carriageway and a 7.5 m formation width. This standard is relaxed to 6.0 m formation width for link roads and all roads in hilly areas and 3.00 m carriageway width for such roads if daily motorized traffic is below 100. The proposal considers cement concrete pavement with lined storm water drains for stretches passing through built-up areas, waterlogged/water overtopping/ flood prone areas. The pavement design considers a base layer of variable thickness as per the design with granular sub base, 150 mm thick water bound macadam (WBM grade I & II) and finally topped with 20 mm thick bituminous pavement. Adequate cross drainage structures like pipe or slab culverts/bridge structures are considered for drainage channels across the roads. Few minor bridges are also proposed to be constructed. The rural road construction works will be in conformance with the Rural Roads Manual and / or Technical Specifications (IRC: SP20: 2002) for Rural Roads published by the Indian

Road Congress (IRC) on behalf of Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India. The broad design considerations are given at later part of this chapter. Present Condition 29. The project roads mainly pass through plain or `ine terrain and agricultural area. The project roads have several cross drainage structure, electric post and telephone post along the existing alignment. There are some community physical structures like Temple, Mosque, primary or secondary schools beside the roads alignment, but will not be affected due to the widening of roads. There are some utilities besides the roads. Some of these may need to be shifted. Alignment and Profile 30. The existing road is generally an earthen track with some stretches of brickbat soling (description of the road surface). Thus, the project road is a new connectivity road. The construction works are to be confined to the existing alignment. The existing horizontal and vertical alignment / profile will be generally maintained except for minor smoothening or corrections to sustain consistent design speed without causing any land acquisition requirements and thereby the possible social and/or environmental concerns. Design Considerations 31. Geometrical Design and ROW Requirements: The geometric design standards for this project will conform to PMGSY (ADB) guidelines and the guidelines as stated in IRC-SP 20:2002 and the final recommendations of NRRDA expert committee (refer D.O. no. - 17305/1/2007-Tech/12 dated 30/09/2010). Recommended design standards vis-à- vis the standards followed for this road are described below. The requirement of ROW as per PMGSY guidelines considered for the design is given at Table 2.2 below:

: ROW Requirement Plain and Rolling Terrain (ROW in m) Road classification Open Area Built-up Area Width Range Width Range

Rural roads (ODR and 15 15-25 6.0 6.0 VR)

ODR: Other District Road; VR: Village Road 32. Since terrain is plain, the design speed considered is as per recommended design speed of 50 Km/h for ruling (40 Km/h as minimum speed). The radius of horizontal curve is considered as 90 m ruling minimum (60m absolute minimum). The vertical alignment is designed as per ruling gradient of 3.3% applicable for plain terrain. 33. Pavement and Embankment Design: Considering the sub-grade strength, projected traffic and the design life, the pavement design for low volume PMGSY roads are proposed to be carried out as per guidelines of IRC: SP: 72 – 2007 or IRC SP:77 “Design of Gravel Road” and IRC SP:62-2004 “Cement Concrete roads”. In built up area for hygienic and safety reasons, C.C pavement is proposed with a hard shoulder and appropriate line drain. A design life of 10 years is considered for the purpose of pavement design of flexible and granular pavements. The embankment height considered as 1m (average) from ground to crust except at the approaches of cross drainage structures. The embankment height will vary in flood prone area as per the HFL. 9

34. Road side drain: As the insufficient drainage of surface water leads to rapid damage of road, road side drain (Figure 2.1) are provided on the locations of habitation areas with concrete pavement. The rain water will flow along the longitudinal slope and intermittent gaps in concrete curbs 35. Carriageway: The carriageway is proposed as 3.75 m as per IRC-SP20: 2002. It may be even restricted to 3.0m, where traffic intensity is less than 100 motorised vehicles per day and where the traffic is not likely to increase due to situation, like dead end, low habitation and difficult terrain condition. The ROW requirement in built- up/constricted area may be even reduced to 5 m. 36. Shoulder: Earthen shoulder shall be constructed in layers and compacted to 100% of Proctor‟s Density. It is proposed to have 1.875 m wide shoulder (0.875 m hard shoulder and 1 m earthen shoulder) on either side of carriage way. 37. Surfacing: Slow setting bitumen emulsion will be applied as primer on water bound layer. Rapid setting bituminous emulsion shall be used for Tack coat. Premixed carpet 20 mm thick and mixed with equivalent viscosity grade bitumen shall be laid as surfacing course. 6 mm thick, Type B seal coat is considered for sealing of the premixed carpet. 38. Structural Works :Following grades of concrete are proposed for Structural works as per specified MORD and IRC specifications:  Concrete in superstructure of Slab Culvert – M-25 (RCC)  Concrete in Abutment cap, Dirt wall of slab culverts – M-25 (PCC)  Brickwork in Abutment, Return Wall, Headwall – Cement mortar (1:4)  Concrete below Abutment, Return Wall, Headwall – M-10 (PCC)  Concrete in pavement (on carriageway) – M-30 (PCC)  Concrete in pavement (on shoulder and drain) – M-25 (PCC Construction Methods 461. Since these are smaller roads, NRRDA has framed specific guidelines for cost effective construction of these rural roads. As per the guideline of NRRDA, construction by more of manual means is preferred. Motor grader & tractor-towed rotavator shall be used for handling of bulk materials like spreading of aggregates in sub-base & base courses by mix-in-place method. Compaction of all items shall be done by ordinary smooth wheeled roller if the thickness of the compacted layer does not exceed 100 mm. It is also considered that, hot mix plant of medium type & capacity with separate dryer arrangement for aggregate shall be used for bituminous surfacing work that can be easily shifted. A self-propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer shall be used for spraying the materials in narrow strips with a pressure hand sprayer. For structural works, concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer fitted with water measuring device. The excavation shall be done manually or mechanically using suitable medium size excavators. Available Right of Way 39. As per the information available with West Bengal State Road Development Agency (WBSRDA), ROW is largely available for all the sample roads. In some of the road, it is put to agricultural use by the adjacent landowners. The private landowners along the proposed right of way (ROW) however, are voluntarily parting the encroached land and in some cases parted even their own private land without any compensation, anticipating the developmental benefits from the road construction works. Traffic

40. The present traffic data on each of these rural roads typically vary between 10-15 vehicles per day on most of the rural stretches. The traffic largely comprises motor cycles/two wheelers, tractors, light commercial vehicles, animal drawn carts and bicycles. Economic Assessment 41. The economic analysis carried out under the project has indicated that the rural road construction works will act as a catalyst for the rural economic growth and poverty alleviation of the community in the region.

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

General 42. Baseline environmental conditions about all facets of environment viz. physical, biological and socio-economic have been established using both primary and secondary sources, consultation with local people, and interaction with forests officials and other Government officials. Efforts have been made to collect the latest information both at regional as well as local level especially along the project roads alignment. This will help to predict likely changes in the environment due to the RCIP road construction and will serve as performance indicators for various components. 43. The baseline information is presented below at state level and district level. Road specific environmental salient features has also been summarised in this chapter. 44. West Bengal is located between lat. 20°31'N and 27°12'N and long. 85°50' and 89°52' E. The geographical area of the state is 88,752 km2 (34267 sq mi). The state boundary touches five states of the country, namely Assam, Sikkim, Orissa, Jharkhand and Bihar. It also share boundary with three countries namely Nepal, Bhutan, and Bangladesh. The state forms the ethno-linguistic region of Bengal. The capital of the state is Kolkata, the third-largest urban agglomeration and the third-largest city in India. The selected Sample roads fall in Jalpaiguri, Bankura, Murshidabad and North 24 Pargana districts. Summary key environmental features of these four districts are given in Error! Reference source not found..

: Summary Key Environmental Features of the Sample Roads Districts

S. No Parameters North 24 Parganas Jalpaiguri Bankura Murshidabad . Location The di strict lies be tween The di strict lies The di strict l ies It lies between 24 ° 22º11´6´´N to 23º15´2´´ N between 26'.16'' and between 22° 38‟ 08‟ N and between and 88º20´ E to 89º5´ E 27'.0' N an d 88'.4' and 23° 38‟ N a nd 88°16‟E and cov er and covers an ar ea of N and 89'.53'' E and an area o f 86° 36‟ and 87° 46‟ 1581 sq. Km. covers an area o f 5,341sq.km

6245 sq. km . It is E and cov ers an The district is surrounded It i s surr ounded by located in t he area of 6,788sq.km Nadia, Birbhum an d by Nadia, N aroda a nd middle of t he v ast Barddhman di stricts South 24 parganas fertile pl ains ( Terai) The d istrict i s in sou theast, west, districts i n North, West south of t he surrounded by and sou th and sou th r espectively. It Himalayas, an d is Purliya, respectively. I t share bo rders with considered as Bardhaman, sharing bo rder w ith gateway to t he 1. Bangladesh in east. Medenipur an d Bangladesh i n entire North Eastern Hubli d istricts in northeast. . States and Bhutan. eats, no rtheast, southeast and west The di strict sha re respectively. . borders with Bhutan and B angladesh in north an d sou th respectively. I t i s

surrounded by Assam state in east and di strict Darjeeling in west.

S. No Parameters North 24 Parganas Jalpaiguri Bankura Murshidabad .

Climate The di strict ha s The di strict ha s The climate of t he Murshidabad ha s a tropical cl imate with tropical cl imate with area is humid an d tropical w et-and-dry temperature r anging temperature r anging tropical w ith t hree climate from 10°C i n January from 6°C i n winter distinct sea sons as . T he s ummer To 41°C in May. The season to 37°C in hot and dry temperature reaches relative humidity summer sea son. summer/ pr e a m aximum of ranges from 50% i n The district r eceive monsoon ( March- 38.6 C w hereas i t March to 90% in Jul y. about 3736 mm may), m onsoon drops to about 7.8 C The di strict r eceives (June – in winter season about 1579 m m September). Mean The annual rainfall is rainfall. maximum about 1,593.10 mm temperature 2. reaches ab out 35 .8 0c i n A pril – May, while m ean minimum temperature o f about 16 .30c reaches in December – January. The an nual r ainfall fall i s ab out 1330mm, w hich peaks i n the m onth 14

S. No Parameters North 24 Parganas Jalpaiguri Bankura Murshidabad . of July to August.

4. Ecologically Sensitive Area Bibhuti Bhusan W ild Gorumara and Buxa Life Sanctuary National park None None Jaldapara, However, no ne o f Chapramari an d Wild Life subproject roads pa sses Buxa W ildlife through this sanctuary. Sanctuaries/Nati Sanctuaries.

onal Park etc However, no ne of sub proj ect r oads passes t hrough an y of t he ab ove protected areas. Geomorphology 1. Major The ph ysiography o f The ph ysiographic The di strict ha s The di strict Physiographic the r egion i s t hat o f a nature of the district three di stinct comprises t wo Unitsand land use typical al luvial pl ain is Upper portion o f geomorphic distinct r egions with g entle up s and the r egion i s hi lly characteristic, separated by downs. The t errain is terrain, H imalayan namely the hi lly the Bhagirathi Riv er. 55 essentially composed and sub Himalayan terrain in the west, To t he west lies the . of soft river bo rne and r ises abruptly the ea stern plain Rarh, a hi gh, sediments de posited from l ess t han 1 00 land undulating under f luviatile m t o 3500 m ab ove marginal undulating continuation o f environment. T he msl. T he lower part topography the Chota general slope is f rom of t his r egion i s . Major land use is Nagpur plateau. T he North W est to generally f lat w ith agriculture eastern portion, t he southeast. gentle up s and Bagri, i s a fertile, 15

S. No Parameters North 24 Parganas Jalpaiguri Bankura Murshidabad . . Major land use is down l ocally. The low-lying a lluvial agriculture area i s sloping tract, p art o f the towards south. Ganges Delta . Major land use is . Major land use is agriculture agriculture

2. Major Drainage The di strict l ies within the Test, Torsa, Jald Ground w ater i n The district is the Ganges- haka, Raidak, D yna, these area drained by Brahmaputra delta. Neora, Sankosh et c generally be ing the Bhagirathi main river flowing is developed t hrough and Jalangi rivers . The r iver the district open wells in t he and t heir tributaries. Ganges flows al ong weathered z one, Bhagirathi i s a and t he available branch of G anges, the en tire west bo rder discharge can on ly and f lows of t he di strict. There meet t he domestic southwards f rom are many other r ivers, need. Farakka barrage which i nclude where i t originates the Ichhamati, from the Ganges. Alluvial to Clay Red soil Alluvial soil Alluvium & L aterite Sandy-to-Sandy 3. Major Soil Type Loam. Lateritic soil clay. loam.

Rice, Wheat, ba rley, Rice, W heat, Oil Rice, j ute, legumes, Maize seeds an d oilseeds, w heat, 4. Principal Crops Tea, Rice & Jute Vegetables barley, and mangoes are the chief crops. The entire district Ground w ater The diverse The di strict is found 5. Hydrogeology found t he U nconfined occurs both un der geology setup o f the unconfined aquifer available upto unconfined & Bankura di strict aquifer i n the up per 16

S. No Parameters North 24 Parganas Jalpaiguri Bankura Murshidabad . a de pth of 200 m . confined condition controls the H ydro part, con fined an d Deeper con fined within t he explored geological condition semi con fined aquifers are present. depth of m aximum of the district. In the aquifer occu r up to a The di strict i s Water 600mbgl. A quifers area un derline by depth of 150 m bgl level varies f rom 7 to are fairly t hick & hard crystalline and Water l evel varies 17 m etres BGL, N o regionally e xtensive Gandwana r ock, from 8 to 12 m bgl falling t rend of w ater with l arge y ield ground w ater level in fully unconfined prospect of ab out occurs un der un condition., in case of 150m3/hr. confined con dition semi con fined aquifer in t he weathered both f alling and stable residuum condition observed

The di strict ha s no The di strict ha s no The district has no key The di strict ha s no key en vironmental key en vironmental environmental i ssue key en vironmental issues. T he issue ex cept t hat i ts except t hat i ts ground issue ex cept t hat environmental ground w ater i s water i s con taminated district is rich in bio- issue are l ocalised contaminated w ith with Arsenic. T he diversity. H owever, and m ay be Arsenic. T he district Existing district ha s substantial the pro tected a rea associated w ith economy is primarily agriculture, f isheries and movement o f development o f agriculture with on ly 6. Environmental and sm all scale fauna i s con fined to mines and minerals small scal e Issues industrial activ ities. Its defined area on one based i ndustries, industries. Its f orest forest cov ers is l imited end of t he district. which play a vital covers is l imited t o to 42 21 hectares The k ey economic role in the economy 1670 he ctares against t otal area of activity is ag riclutral of B ankura. Mines against t otal area of the district as 4094 Sq. ( t ea farming) a nd and minerals based the d istrict as 53 24 Km. tourism. ventures ha ve Sq. Km. already come up on 17

S. No Parameters North 24 Parganas Jalpaiguri Bankura Murshidabad . the stretch of land from Bankura to Saltora. Other industrial development is confined to cottage & small-scale industry, which also constitutes a major segment of district's economy and as such does not cause any significant environmental concern. Its forest covers is limited to 148177 hectares, which constitutes 21.5% of the total geographical area of the district. 5% of total geographical area of the district, geographical area of the

S. No Parameters North 24 Parganas Jalpaiguri Bankura Murshidabad . district, Source: Central Ground Water Authority Report and other District/Govt., India Meteorological Department website - http://www.imd.gov.in/section/climate/west bengal 1.htm, West Bengal: a study in urban geography, Z.T. Khan, Northern Book Centre, Delhi, 1994, pp. 221 19

Physical Environment Meteorology and Climate 45. The climate of the West Bengal state, except the Himalayan and sub-Himalayan region in the northern part of the state has a tropical climate. The tropic of cancer passes through the middle Bardhaman districts and northern parts of Bankura district 46. Temperature: The minimum annual temperature in the northern districts (Himalayan foot hill region) varies from freezing point to 17°C and over 18°C in other parts of the state. The annual mean maximum temperature ranges from 28°C in the Himalayan region to 33°C in the plains. In certain parts of the state, occasionally the mean maximum temperature can rise up to 43°C. 47. Relative Humidity: Normally, May to October months are humid and January to April are dry. The relative humidity (expressed in percentage) is more in northern and southern part of State as compared to western and eastern parts of the state. The maximum relative humidity ranges from 75 to 95% in morning hours and 50 to 65% in the evening hours. Ambient Air Quality 48. Most of the project area lies in vast open agricultural land and is largely free from air pollution sources other than traffic and few brick-kilns existing in the area. These were located in open area and operate only for few months. As such, the ambient air quality for major pollutants like SO2, SPM and NOX is expected to be within the limits. However, in absence of any existing data on ambient air quality levels of the project area, secondary sources were referred.

: Ambient Air Quality during 2008

SO2 NO2 RSPM Area Classification (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) Industrial ( maximum observed value) 15 92 182 Residential ( maximum observed value) 12 73 97 National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial and Residential Areas 80 80 100 Source: National Ambient Air Quality Status, 2008, CPCB, and Table 3.3 49. The above Error! Reference source not found. reveals that the concentration of all the pollutants is higher in industrial areas especially respirable suspended particulate matter. The levels of sulphur dioxide and nitrogen dioxide are largely within the limits (NAAQS) except few reading of NOx. The higher particulate matter levels are attributed to the vehicular movement on unpaved roads and the loose dust in the agricultural fields that lead to formation of dust clouds over short periods. The same can be concluded from table 3.3 which provides a comparison of the air quality at different locations.

: Ambient Air Quality Status of West Bengal in 2008

SO2 NOx RSPM SPM Type of City Location (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) Area 2008 2008 2008 2008 Asansol Asansol MC I 9 74 135 296 Dew India I 11 82 173 374 Durgpur Kwality Hotel I 9 74 136 299 PCBL club R 5 59 89 203 Super Market I 9 48 62 129 Haldia WBIIDC I 10 52 61 135 Bandhaghat I 15 92 102 234 Howrah MC I 8 82 114 250 Howrah Bator R 6 61 97 204 Naskarpara R 12 73 95 204 Behalachowra I 8 75 89 205 sta Cossipore I 12 65 182 374 Kolkata police station Dunlop bridge I 6 63 76 177 Balshanbghat R 5 48 58 132 a

National Industrial Area ( I ) & Not Ambient Air Residential Area ( R) 80 80 100 Prescrib Quality Standards ( 24 hourly average) ed Source: National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Series, CPCB

R – Residential and other areas, I – Industrial area, L- Low, M- Moderate, H – High and C – Critical levels of pollution based on exceedence factor (calculated for n > 50 days)

Noise 50. Along the proposed road construction proposals, there is neither significant industrial activity nor significant vehicular traffic contributing to ambient noise levels. The occasional vehicular movement on the unpaved roads contributes to increased noise levels over short duration limited to daytime. The existing roads do not appear to have vehicular traffic in the nighttime. Therefore, the ambient noise levels are expected to be within the National Ambient Noise Standards.

Physiography and Geology 51. The West Bengal state can be divided into four distinct physiographic divisions ( Figure 3.1) as here under; Tarai District like Jalpaiguri in Himalayan region Central part of the state like , Murshidabad is mainly being alluvial plains. Districts like Bardhaman and Bankura districts forming a fringe of western plateau. Lower Gangetic plain of North 24 Parganas district forming the part of deltaic zone

: Physiography Map of Project Districts –West Bengal

52. In D arjeeling and Jal paiguri Districts, Pre-Cambrian is represented by t he Darjeeling G neiss, Li ngtse Gneiss an d D aling group o f r ocks. A part from t he Precambrian formations, t here exist so me sedimentary r ocks o f the Gondwana period and also of Siwalik formations of the late Tertiary period. 53. A belt of alluvial detritus of Tertiary age occurs in the Terai region of the northern part o f Jalpaiguri, C oochbehar and Darjeeling districts. This area consists o f al luvium terrain underlain by l ithified so ft Q uaternary Fo rmation comprising san d, si lt an d clay with fine texture. Fl ood plain deposits are no ticed i n and around the meander belt o f different rivers.

: Geological Map of West Bengal 54. North 24 Parganas and South 24 Parganas districts are underlain by Quaternary sediments consisting of clay, silt and various grades of sand gravel and pebble. No hard rock geological formation is found here. Lithological log indicates the presence of a clay bed at the top o f t he geological succe ssion with thickness v arying from 10 -40 m . Alternate clay and sand bed exists further in the downward direction. A group of granular aquifer is found be tween 250-650 m be low g round level. The geological m ap of West Bengal is shown at Figure 3.2 . Soils 55. The major soil types within West Bengal can be classified into five groups namely ultisols, en tisols, arid isols, m ollisols an d alfisols. T hese soil t ypes can be further classified into several sub groups. The ultisols is sub-classified into brown, red, yellow and laterite soils. The entisols is sub-classified into younger alluvial, coastal alluvial and bhabar soils. T he aridisols i s sub -classified i nto saline an d saline al kali soi ls. The mollisols i s sub -classified into Tarai soi ls an d mountain meadow soi ls. T he al fisols i s sub-classified i nto deltaic al luvial so ils, ol der al luvial soi ls, r ed g ravel soi ls, red san dy soils, and red loamy and mixed red black soils. 23

56. The brown soils are present in tarai area Jalpaiguri district. Red acidic lateritic soils are dominantly present in Bankura districts. The alluvial soils, the most dominant soil types occur, eastern and northern parts of the state covering districts like Murshidabad, North 24 Parganas, and Bankura districts.

Seismicity 57. The seismic hazard map of India was updated by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) in 20005 . The main change was merging of Zones I & II. As per this map, western sections of the northern districts of Jalpaiguri and Kooch Bihar lie in Zone V ( high seismicity). The remaining parts of these two districts, and other districts (Darjeeling, Uttar Dinajpur, Dakshin Dinajpur, Maldah, 24 North Parganas and 24 South Parganas) lie in Zone IV. The rest of the state along with the city of Kolkata, lies in Zone III. The Hazard and Seismic Zoning map is shown in Figure 3.3 and Figure 3.4 respectively.

Source: Amateur Seismic Centre, Pune

5 IS 1893 (Part 1): 2002 Indian Standard Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures Part 1 General Provisions and Buildings (Fifth Revision).

: Hazard Zone Map

West Bengal State

Source: IS 1893 (Part 1) 2002 : Seismic Zone Map

Land use 58. The distribution of land util ization within t he entire s tate broadly comprises o f cultivable land, uncultivable land, forest land, waste land, urban area and industrial area. Land use pattern along the project road is mixed type dominated by agriculture, barren land, forest land and r esidential areas. The di strict Jal paiguri, ha s s ubstantial are a covered under f orests. Table 3.4 indicates the forest land distribution amongst p roject districts.

: Land Use ( forest cover) in Project Districts

District Geographi Very Mod. Open Total(S Percen Scrub(S c area(Sq dense Dense forest(S q km) t of q km) km) forest(S forest(S q km) G.A q km) q km)

Bankura 6882 100 315 612 1027 14.92 13 25

Jalpaiguri 6227 607 573 1233 2413 38.75 13

North 24 4094 16 34 72 122 2.98 0 Pargana

Murshidaba 5324 0 25 60 85 1.60 0 d Source: State of Forest Report, 2005, Forest Survey of India Dehradun

Hydro-geology and Hydrology 59. Hydro-geology: Based on the geological and geomorphologic set up, the entire state can be divided into two broad hydro geological units namely fissured formations and porous formations. The fissured formations occur in major parts of project area of Bankura districts. The porous formations almost cover the rest two third area of state. 60. The ground water within the fissured formations occurs in the upper weathered mantle (5-10m) and at deeper levels (60-100m depth) in the fractures. The occurrence and ground water movement in porous formations is controlled by primary porosities of the sediments. The ground water in these formations occurs both under water table and in confined condition. In North 24 Parganas district, the fresh water aquifers occur at depth of 120m to 300m sandwiched between saline aquifers. 61. The hydro-geological conditions in both porous and fissured formations spread across project districts / state are given in Table 3.5

: Hydro-Geological Conditions across the Project Districts

S. Formations Groundwater Hydro geological Conditions No Type Potential Fairly thick regionally extensive Large yield confined/ / unconfined aquifers prospect above150 Porous down to 300 m cum/ hour Formations Moderately thick and regionally Moderate yield 1 (Unconsolidated/ extensive confined / unconfined prospect 50 to Semi aquifers down to 150 meters cum/ hour 150 Consolidated) Fairly thick but discontinuous Limited yield aquifers prospect below 50 cum / hour 2 Fissured Groundwater restricted to zone 3.6 - 18 cum/hour Formation weathered residum (1 -5 Ips) (Consolidated) fracture having secondary porosity

62. The sand zones occurring within the depth range of 127 to 290 m bgl are more pronounced and attain fairly good thickness (often 25 or more) and laterally extensive as well. These grayish micaceous sand beds which are fine to coarse grained in texture are very important from the point of ground water storage. The sand beds are separated generally by fairly persistent clayey layers. Below the depth of 290 m, the

26 unconsolidated sediments are generally argillaceous and do not hold much scope for ground water development. 63. The ground water development in West Bengal is generally occurring through shallow tube wells (yield up to 30 cum per hour), medium tube wells (yield up to 100cum per hour) and deep heavy tube wells (yield up to 200 cum per hour). The entire region has a very good potential for ground water development with estimated present ground water utilization at less than 50% of the available resources. The entire West Bengal falls under safe category as per Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) guidelines. 64. Hydrology: West Bengal State has three major river basins, namely Ganga, Brahmaputra and Subarnarekha. Among these, Ganga is the largest and covers almost 80% of the state, whereas the Brahmaputra basin covers about 15% of the area and Subarnarekha basin covers about 5% of the geographical area of the State. 65. The rural road construction proposals are normally cross small drainage channels, which eventually join the major channels/rivulets. All of these channels generally remain dry for most part of the year and drain the storm water for few weeks only during or after the monsoon. 66. Several hand operated tube wells are seen along side of the existing tracks in many of the proposed road construction proposals. These tube wells are the main source of drinking water for rural communities in the region. 67. Flood Affected and Drought Prone areas: The West Bengal has both chronically draught prone and flood affected areas within the state. The chronically drought prone area is, part of Bankura district. Chronically flood affected areas are parts of Murshidabad districts and a few patches in the northern district of Jalpaiguri. 68. Water Quality : State Pollution Control Board carries out the water quality monitoring in West Bengal. pH of groundwater is observed in the range of 7.1-8.37 and meets the water quality criteria. Conductivity varies from 589-1983 µmhos/cm and meeting the criteria for beneficial uses. BOD is observed in the range of 0.2-1.8mg/l. Arsenic contamination is also seen in certain part of state. Total Coliform varies from 2- 1,600 MPN/100 ml and meeting the desired criteria at all the locations. The quality of surface water is generally good and can be used for drinking water with physio-chemical treatment. Biological Environment 69. The west Bengal state owing to the varying altitude from the Himalayas to the coastal plains, the flora and fauna of the state is diverse. Forests make up 14% of the geographical area of West Bengal, which is lower than the national average of 23%. Protected forests cover 4% of the state area. Part of the world's largest mangrove forest Sundarbans is located in southern West Bengal. Terrestrial flora 70. During the field investigations, the most dominant terrestrial flora within the project districts was recorded. The dominant flora comprised generally the trees planted along side of the rural road proposals, particularly the stretches along agricultural lands. Many of these are planted by the adjacent landowners and often perceived, as a fence to their respective lands. The common trees observed alongside of the road projects are presented in Table 3.6

: List of common plant species available in the study area 27

S.No. Botanical Name Local Name 1. Acacia auriculiformis Akashmani 2. Acacia catechu Khair 3. Acacia mangium Akashpradip 4. Ailanthus grandis Gokul 5. Anthocephalus kadamba Kadam 6. Artocarpus chaplasha Lator 7. Bischofia javanica Kainjal 8. Bombax ceiba Simul 9. Casaurina equisetifolia Jhau 10. Casaurina intertropica Jhau 11. Chukrasia tabularis Chikrassi 12. Cordia alleodora Bohori 13. Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo 14. Dipterocarpus macrocarpus Garjan 15. Duabanga sonneritiodes Lampate 16. Eucalyptus camaldulensis Eucalyptus 17. Eucalyptus citriodora Eucalyptus 18. Eucalyptus hybrida Eucalyptus 19. Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus 20. Gmelina arborea Gamar 21. Lagerostroemia microcarpa Benteak 22. Lagerostroemia parviflora Sidha 23. Lagerostroemia speciosa Jarul 24. Leucaena leucocephala Subabool 25. Madhuca latifolia Mahua 26. Michelia champaca Champ 27. Schima wallichii Chilouni 28. Shorea robusta Sal 29. Tectona grandis Teak 30. Terminalia arjuna Arjun 31. Terminalia myriocarpa Panisaj 32. Terminalia tomentosa Pacasaj 33. Xylia dolabriformis Lohakat 34. Ziziphus mauritiana Narkeli

71. None of the road stretches passes through any forest land/area. The tree density within ROW of sample road project alignment is about 5-10 trees per Km. Wild Life and Protected Areas 72. West Bengal has 5 National Parks and 15 Wild life sanctuaries spread over an area of 2754.39 Sq. Km (Figure 3.6 ). There is no wildlife Sanctuaries/National Parks, Tiger Reserves etc. along the project area.

: Protected Areas of West Bengal

73. Table 3.7 provides details of National park and Sanctuaries corresponding to serial Number indicated at Figure 3.5 above.

: List of Protected Areas in West Bengal No. Name Area District Fauna Corresponding (km2) to legend given in Fig 3.6

National Parks 2 Buxa NP 117.1 Jalpaiguri Asian Elephant, Tiger, Gaur, Wild boar, Sambar 2 Gorumara NP 79.45 Jalpaiguri Tiger, Gaur, Wild boar, Sambar 29

1 Neora Valley NP 88 Darjeeling clouded leopard, red panda, musk deer, black bear, sloth bear, golden cat, wild boar, leopard cat, goral, serow, barking deer, sambar, Himalayan flying squirrel, Rufous- throated Partridge, Satyr Tragopan, Crimson-breasted Woodpecker, Darjeeling Woodpecker, Bay Woodpecker, Golden-throated Barbet, Hodgson's Hawk Cuckoo, 1 Singhalila NP 78.6 Darjeeling Red Panda, Leopard Cat, Barking Deer, Yellow-throated Marten, Wild Boar, Pangolin, Himalayan Black Bear, Leopard, Clouded Leopard, Serow and Takin. Tigers, Scarlet Minivet, Kalij Pheasant, Blood Pheasant, Satyr Tragopan 14,18 Sunderbans NP 1330.1 North & Royal Bengal South 24- Tiger; Fishing Paraganas Cats, Macaques, Wild Boar, Common Grey Mongoose, Fox, Jungle Cat, Flying Fox, Pangolin, Chital Wildlife Sanctuaries

7 Ballavpur WLS 2 Birbhum Blackbuck and Spotted deer, jackals, foxes and a variety of water birds

10 Bethuadahari WLS 0.67 Nadia Spotted deer, Jackal, Bengal fox, Porcupine, Common Langur, Parakeets, Indian Cuckoo, Barbets Barbets and other smaller birds and pythons 14 Bibhutibhusan 0.64 North 24- spotted deer and WLS Paraganas the sanctuary is also rich in common birds 2 Buxa WLS 251.89 Jalpaiguri Asian Elephant, Tiger, Gaur, Wild boar, Sambar 2 Chapramari WLS 9.49 Jalpaiguri Royal Bengal Tiger, elephant, varieties of deer, reptiles and other animals 18 Haliday Island 5.95 South 24- wild boar, barking WLS Paraganas and spotted deer, and rhesus monkeys 2,3 Jaldapara WLS 216.51 Jalpaiguri & Royal Bengal Cooch Behar Tigers, elephants, deers, sambhar, barking deer, spotted deer and hog deer, wild pig, bisons 1 Jorepokhri WLS 0.04 Darjeeling Himalayan Salamander (Tylototriton verrucosus), locally known as 'Gora' 18 Lothian Island 38 South 24- smaller birds, WLS Paraganas specially Paradise Flycatcher, 1 Mahananda WLS 127.22 Darjeeling Royal Bengal Tiger, Indian elephants, Indian bison, chital (spotted deer), barking deer, sambar, Rhesus 31

monkey 18 Narendrapur WLS 0.1 South 24- smaller birds, Paraganas specially Paradise Flycatcher, Oriole 4 Raiganj WLS 1.3 North Asian openbill, Dinajpur open-bill storks, egrets, night herons and cormorants, kites, flycatchers, owls, kingfishers, woodpeckers, drongoes 9 Ramnabagan WLS 0.14 Burdwan Spotted deer and Common Langur. Black Buck 18 Sajnekhali WLS 362.4 South 24- spotted deer, Paraganas Rhesus Macaques, wild boar, tigers, Water Monitor Lizards, Fishing Cats, otters, crocodiles, Batagur Terrapins, and migratory birds 1 Senchal WLS 38.88 Darjeeling barking deer, wild pig, himalayan black bear, leopard, jungle cat, common rhesus monkey, Assam macaque, Himalayan flying squirrel, etc. 74. Fauna of the districts comprise leopard, wolf, hyaena, jackal and other smaller species, but hyaenas and leopards are not common. Wolves are scarce, and are mostly found in the jungles north of Kanksa. Wild pigs and monkeys are numerous throughout the districts. In the hilly areas, poisonous snakes (several kinds of cobra, the karait and the deadly Russell's viper) and species of harmless grass snakes are very common. Python is also found but very occasionally. 75. The common avifauna of the districts are pea-fowl, jungle-fowl, jungle crow, house crow, treepie, common babbler, common jora, gold-fronted chloropsis, red-vented babul, red-whiskered bulbul, red spotted bluethroat, brown-backed robin, Shama,

Tickell's blue flycatcher, paradise flycatcher, wood shrike, black drongo, tailor bird, streaked fantail warbler, golden oriole, common mayna, pied mayna, white-backed munia, white-throated munia, spitted munia, red munia, yellow-throated sparrow, house sparrow, woodpecker, India cuckoo, pied crested cuckoo, koel, parakeet, nilkantha, bee- eater, kingfisher, hornbill, hoopoe, horned owl, spotted owlet, jungle owlet, griffon vulture, long-billed vulture, scavenger vulture, lagger falcon, small spotted eagle, brahminy kite, pariah kite, sparrow hawk, various types of pigeon and dove, goose, duck, teal, lapwing, white necked stork and several varieties of egret and heron. The low-lying swampy areas of Barddhaman being in line of migration provide a very good sheltering place for the migratory birds in winter. Aquatic Biology: 76. No wetland or large water body falls except large water stagnant area in one or two raods. Fisheries activities are quite common in subproject areas.

Socio-Economic Environment Demography: 77. It is a state with several unique features, such as abundant natural resources, rich biodiversity, and rich cultural diversity. The population of about 80 million is largely rural (73%). Tribal constitute about 5.8% of the population, and scheduled castes form about 28.6%. The welfare and development of tribals is an important focus area for the state government. The gender ratio of the state is higher than the national average. (Table 3.8).

: Demographic Profile Indicators Year Unit West Bengal All India Area 2002 „000 Sq. Km. 88.752 (2.7) 3287.26 Population 2001 Million 80.10 (7.8) 1027.02 Rural population 2001 Percent 72.6 72.22 Urban population 2001 Percent 27.3 27.78 Population density 2001 Persons per 904 312 Sq. Km. Per „000 Gender Ratio 2001 934 933 males Note: Figures in bracket indicate percentage Source: Census, 2001

Healthcare 78. The healthcare system in the state is well establish and is undergoing for further upgradation through public private partnership. West Bengal‟s network of healthcare facilities comprises 433 Governmental & non-Governmental hospitals. West Bengal has established some of the most modern & extremely well equipped healthcare facilities such as Apollo Gleneagles Hospital, AMRI –Apollo & BM Birla Heart Research Centre. Literacy and Education 79. The state has made considerable progress in the literacy level of the state. The literacy rate of the state is almost the same as national average. ( Table 3.9). The gross 33 enrolment ratios for boys and girls are higher than the all-India average. The number of primary schools per 100 thousand population is above the average all-India level.

: Human Development Indicators of West Bengal West All Indicators Year Unit Bengal India Per‟000 live Infant Mortality Rate 2002 40 63 birth Life Male 2003 Years 65 63.87 Expectancy Female 2003 Years 69 66.91 at Birth Death Rate 2002 Per „000 pop. 6.6 8.1 Male 2001 Per cent 77.2 75.96 Literacy Female 2001 Per cent 59.61 54.28 Rate Person 2001 Per cent 68.64 65.38 Gross Boys 2002-03 Per cent 98.60 97.53 Enrolment Girls 2002-03 Per cent 85.60 93.07 Ratio (Classes I- Total 2002-03 Per cent 92.20 95.39 IV) Primary School 2002-03 Per Lakh Pop. 50.25 63.42 . Affluence 80. The percentage of population below the poverty is high at 32%. On an average, the level of affluence of a household in West Bengal is lower than that of a household in the rest of the country (Table 3.10). In both rural and urban areas of West Bengal, the proportion of households having access to safe drinking water is also less compared to the all-India scenario.

: Indicators of Affluence

Indicators Year Unit West Bengal All India HH in houses with concrete roof 2001 Per cent 2.1 19.8 HH with drinking water in premises 2001 Per cent 32.1 39.0 HH with open drainage for waste 2001 Per cent 23.4 33.9 water HH having access to safe Rural 2001 Per cent 36.2 73.2 Drinking water Urban 58.8 90.0 Total 47 77.9 Economy 81. Agriculture is the leading occupation in West Bengal. Rice is the state's principal food crop. Other food crops are pulses, oil seeds, wheat, tobacco, sugarcane and potatoes. Jute is the main cash crop of the region. Tea is also

34 produced commercially; the region is well known for Darjeeling and other high quality teas. However, the service sector is the largest contributor to the gross domestic product of the state, contributing 51% of the state domestic product compared to 27% from agriculture and 22% from industry. 82. Manufacturing industries playing an important economic role are engineering products, electronics, electrical equipment, cables, steel, leather, textiles, jewellery, frigates, automobiles, railway coaches, and wagons. The Durgapur centre has established a number of industries in the areas of tea, sugar, chemicals and fertilizers. Natural resources like tea and jute in and nearby parts has made West Bengal a major centre for the jute and tea industries. (Table 3.11)

: Indicators of Economy of West Bengal Indicators Year Unit West Bengal All India SDP/GDP per capita 2001- 02 Rs. 51006 17822.8 Composition Primary 2002 Per cent 29.20 26.28 of SDP / GDP Secondary 2002 Per cent 16.67 24.41 Service 2002 Per cent 54.13 49.31 Average Rice 2000-01 Kg. per hect. 2250 1901 yield of principal Wheat 2000-01 Kg. per hect. 2321 2708 crops Jute 2000-01 Kg. per hect. 3200 1822 Cropping Intensity 2003 Per „000 hect 188 135 Consumption of fertilizers 2003-04 Kg. per hect. 126 89.8 Prop. of area under 2001 Per cent 46.32 44.2 irrigation Bank offices 2004 Per Lakh Pop. 7.62 4.54 HH availing banking 2001 Per cent 36.8 35.50 services Credit-Deposit Ratio 2003 Per cent 65 59.4

Agriculture 83. West Bengal is nearly three percent of the nation's cultivable land. It produces more than eight per cent of the food of the country. The agricultural sector is characterized by the predominance of small and marginal farmers. The average size of holding here is also less than one hectare. Mineral Resources 84. West Bengal stands third in the country in terms of mineral production. The state contributes about one-fifth to the total production of minerals in the country. The state has rich deposits of coal, rock phosphate, granite, manganese, silica, fire clay, road metal, quartz, apatite, dolomite, feldspar, limestone and others. Coal constitutes about 99% of the minerals extracted in West Bengal; fireclay, china clay, limestone, copper, iron, wolfram, manganese and dolomite are mined in small quantities. 85. There are good possibilities of obtaining mineral oil and natural gas in the areas near the Bay of Bengal, in Purba Medinipur ,Sundarbans , South 24 Parganas and North 35

Bengal plains. Research is undergoing for finding natural gas in various such places. An alternative source of natural gas, Coal Bed methane (CBD) reserves in West Bengal is estimated as 1.64 million cubic feet 86. West Bengal ranks next to Bihar and Madhya Pradesh in production of fireclay and other minerals. The fireclay is mined largly from Raniganj region. It is also found in Birbhum and P urulia districts. Li mestone deposite are f ound in Bankura, P urulia, Darjeeling and Jalpaiguri districts. Rock phosphate deposits are found in Purulia district. Granite are found in Purulia, Bankura & Birbhum districts. Physical Infrastructure 87. West Bengal has well-developed road and rail network. The road density per 100 km in West Bengal is more than the National average (Table 3.12).

: Physical Infrastructure West All Indicators Year Unit Bengal India Road Density 2002 Per „00 sq.km. 103.69 76.84 Per„000 sq. Railway route length 2001 3.68 19.17 km. Village electrification 2004 Per cent 83.6 83.8 HH with electricity for lighting 2001 Per cent 24.34 55.8 No. of post offices 2002 Per Lakh Pop. 204 15.08 Tele density 2003 Per „00 Pop. 6.96 6.6 88. Power: The pe rcentage of v illages electrified i s ab out 84 % in the en tire state. However, the percentage of households with electricity is only 24.34%. West Bengal is a power surplus in India. As of August 31 2008, the state has an installed capacity of 8400.7 MW of electricity. Religious and Cultural festivals: 89. The festivals of West Bengal embody the robust and composite cultural heritage of India. Various com munities of t he Indian su bcontinent cel ebrate as m any as forty festivals w ith complete communal con cordance. T he most i mportant festivals of W est Bengal are Durga Puja, Sarasvati Puja, Kali Puja and Dol Purnima. 90. There are few temples located along the project roads. Some of these may need to be shifted. Salient Environmental Features of Sample Roads 91. The salient environmental f eatures of sample roads are summarized in Table 3.9 below:

: SalientEnvironmental Features of Sample Roads Road Name District Block Salient Environmental Features (length) T07 at Lal Topography is plain Jalpaigu Alipurdu school to There is r iver passes through road alignment left Ch. di ar-II Brazer kuthi 0.4 to 0.5 . (6.350 km) The project road passes by a pond at Ch. 0.9 on the Both

Side,1.5, 2.9, 3.9, 4.1 on the LHS and 0.1, 1.4, 2.3 on the Right hand side of the road. Inhabited are as be tween c oncentrated at Ch. 0.3,0.9,1.3,1.7.3.8,4.2 on the both s ide,0.4,2.0,2.7,3.0 on the RHS and 1 .6,3.4,3.94.0,5.5,5.6 o n the Left Hand Side of the road Primary School between chain age 3.9& 5.6 Few tree cutting will be required Few utility a nd c ommunity s tructures within 10m on either side of the alignment Project road passes m ainly t hrough ag ricultural l and an d patches of bamboo cultivation land. Water logging chain age 2.5 & 2.6 Few old cross drainage structures along the alignment Topography is plain Inhabited areas between Inhabited areas are concentrated at Ch.0.3,1.8,2.3,2.4,2.7,3.1,3.8,4.4,5.0,5.6,5.8,6.5,6.9,7.0,7.2 ,7.3,7.4,7.5,7.7,7.9 on the RH S, between Ch.0.6 to 0.8,1.3,3.0,3.3,3.6,4.1,4.8,7.1, on the L HS an d 2.0 to 2.2 , 2.5 to 2.6,2.8,3.2,3.9 to 4.0,4.2 to 4.3,4.5,4.7,5.1,5.3,5.7 on T-14 at the bo th side of the r oad less RO W available within thi s Sarkarpara chain age. to Jalpaigu The project road passes by a couple of ponds at left hand Munshipara ri Sadar side namely road at Ch.0.1,2.9,3.1,4.7,5.4,7.3 on the both (7.828 side,1.2,1.6,2.2,2.6,4.0,4.3,5.0,5.3,7.1,7.9 on the RHS and km) 2.1,2.3,3.4,4.6,5.2,7.7 on the LHS of the road

Few tree cutting will be required School between chain age 3.0& 4.9 Few utility a nd c ommunity s tructures within 10m on ei ther side of the alignment Project road passes m ainly t hrough ag ricultural l and an d patches of barren land. Few old cross drainage structures along the alignment. Topography is flat. Inhabited are as between at between Ch.1.6 to 2.1,2.3,2.6,2.8,3.1,3.7,4.1 to 4.2,4.8, on the r ight hand side,2.4,3.0 on the both side and 2.5 on the left hand side of the road T05 at Bikas Project road passes mainly through agricultural land, forest Nagar to Rajganj land and patches of barren land. Rajfapri ( Few utility a nd c ommunity s tructures within 10m on either 4.819 km ) side of the alignment. Small river towards end of the road One or two community structures temples are found at Ch.3.4 left, a school at Ch. 3.8 on the RHS of the road.

Ranichera Topography is undulated . . Tea Garden Inhabited are as be tween Ch. 2.8 t o 2.9 on t he r ight ha nd Mal to Paschim side of the road. Damdim Project road passes mainly through Tea gardens and few (3.680 km) patches of barren/ open land. 37

Topography is flat. Inhabited are as are concentrated between C h. 0.1 to 0.5,0.7,1.0,1.3 on the both side,0.6,1.2 on t he RH S an d Kapasdanga 0.8,0.9,1.1,1.4 on the LHS of the road Bridge to Beldang No major stream crossing was found except 3 ponds are Kapasdanga a – I at beside the road at Ch. 0.4 On the Left hand Side and Jitpur 0.9,1.0 on the RHS (1.476 km) Few tree c utting and ut ility/community s tructure shifting may be required. Project road passes mainly through agricultural land. Topography is plain. Inhabited areas are concentrated in between at Ch. 3.1 and 8.5 on the left hand side of the road. One or two community structures are found at road cross section Ch.1.1,2.0n 5.1 Panchthupi There is one River crossing at Ch.7.9 , 3 canals crossing at to Molla Kandi Ch. 2 .6,2.9,3.0 and 8 Na lla c rossing at Ch. (Mahadebati) 0.3,0.5,3.9,5.0,5.7,7.0,7.4, (8.014 km) There are 2 ponds at Ch.4.0 and 7.5 on the right hand side. There are w ater stagnation prob lems ne ar the r oad at Ch.1.4,4.2 on the right hand side and 1.8 on the left hand side of the road. Project road passes mainly through agricultural land. Topography is plain . Inhabited are as are c oncentrated at Ch. 0.3 to 0.4, 0.8 to Murshid 1.3 on the both side,0.5 left hand side and 0.6 to 0.7 on the abad right hand side of the road. There is one pond at Ch. 0.2 on the Left hand side of the Raghun Puthia to Jat road athganj Bishwanath Few tree cutting required and there are 3 Nalla crossing at II (1.230 km) Ch.0.1,0.5,0.6. Few utility a nd c ommunity s tructures within 10m on either side of the alignment Project road passes very small patches through agricultural land. Topography is flat. Inhabited areas are concentrated at Ch. 0.2,0.3,0.5,0.6 on Puthia to Raghun the right hand side and 0.1 ,2.7 on the both side of the road Ramchandra athgang There is a Pond at Ch. 0.1 on the left hand side of the road pur(2.610 II km) Few tree cutting and utility/community structure shifting will be required Project road passes mainly through barren land. Topography is flat. Inhabited area i s c oncentrated Ch. 2. 3,2.7,2.8 on the left hand s ide and between Ch. 2.9 to 3.2,0.1,1.7 on the both Charpaikama side of the road Bhagaw ri to There is a Pond at Ch. 0.7 on the left hand side of the road angola Chardebipur) There are Nalla crossing at Ch. 0.8,2.0,2.9 (3.265 km) There are water stagnation problems near the road at Ch. 0.2,0.6,0.9,2.8,3.3. Project road passes mainly through agriculture land.

Raipur Goborda to Topography is flat. Satpatta Inhabited area is concentrated at region Ch. 1.6 to 1.7,3.0 (13.028 km) to 3.2,4.6 to 4.8,5.1 to 5.7,7.2 to 7.5,9.7,11.3 on the both side,2.1 to 2.2,4.9 to 5.0,0.4,1.5,8.1 on the left hand side and 0.8,1.2,1.3,1.9,2.3,3.3,9.8 on the right hand side of the road. There are many Ponds beside the road at Ch. 2.8,2.9,4.4,5.2,5.3,8.9,9.4,9.5,10.8,10.9,11.2 on the right hand side and 0.8,3.2,4.1,4.4,5.9,10.1,11.4 on the left hand side There are many Nalla crossing at Ch.1.4,2.7,3.4,4.4,6.0,6.1,6.5,6.8,7.6,8.1,9.1,10.2,11.0,11.1 ,11.2 There are water stagnation problem near the road at Ch. 0.6,4.0,4.1,4.3,4.4,4.9,9.0. Few tree cutting and utility/community structure shifting will be required The project road passes through agricultural land/ open Bankura land Community structures are found at road cross ch.4.2,7.9 T 10 Topography is flat. Dhengram to Inhabited area is concentrated at region between Ch. 5.9 Bishanpur to 6.1,7.8 to 7.9,8.1 to 8.5 ,0.8,4.8,5.7 on the both side , (10.114 km) 0.1,8.0 on the right hand side and 3.3,4.7,5.8,8.6 to 8.7 on the left hand There is a Pond beside the road at Ch. 5.5 on the right hand side There is a Canal Crossing at Ch. 5.2 on the right hand side Raipur of the road and 8 Nalla crossing at Ch. 2.0,2.6,2.7,3.6,3.9,7.7,9.3,10. Community structures are found at across the road ch.(0.2,7.1 school ) Few tree cutting and utility/community structure shifting will be required The project road passes through agricultural land/ open land

Joypur Joypur to Topography is flat. Gelia Inhabited area is concentrated at region between Ch. 0.9 (11.843 km) to 1.2,5.6 to 5.7,0.1,0.6,2.3,3.9,7.7,8.5,8.8 on the both side, 7.8 to 8.0,6.6 to 6.7,0.7,1.3,2.4,7.0,8.3,8.7,8.9 on the left hand side and 1.5 to 1.6,7.2 to 7.3,4.2 to 4.3,1.8,4.6,5.0,5.8,7.5,8.6,9.7 on the There are many ponds beside the road between Ch.4.2 to 4.5 both side,0.8,2.1,5.2,5.8,6.3,7.9,8.4,8.6,10.1,11.5,11.7 on the left hand side and 2.1,2.7,2.9,3.2,4.1,4.6,4.7,4.9,5.2,5.6,6.1 to 6.2,6.6 to 6.8,7.8 to 8.1,8.7, 9.3,9.4,9.7,10.1 on the right hand side. There are 2 canal crossing along the road at Ch. 2.2 9.8 and 24 Nalla crossing at Ch. 1.4,1.5,2.1,2.9,3.0,3.8,4.2,4.6,4.7,4.8,5.1,5.2,5.35.4,5.5,7.6, 7.7,7.9,8.0,8.6,8.9,9.0,10.7,11.5. Few tree cutting and utility/community structure shifting will be required 39

The project road passes through agricultural land/ open land

Keostsah Topography is flat. Bazar to Inhabited area is concentrated at region between Ch. 3.6 Jasaikathi to 3.7,1.8,1.5,2.7,2.9,3.1,3.2,3.9, on the both side,1.5,5.3 Haiderpara on the Left hand Side and 1.9,2.3,2.4,3.8,4.0,4.5,4.7,5.0, (5.599 km) on the Right hand side of the road There are many Ponds beside the road at Ch. 1.4,1.6,3.5 on the both side,3.4 on the right hand side and Baduria 1.4,1.7,2.5,3.3,4.0, on the Left hand side There is a Canal crossing at Ch. 3.0 and 4 Nalla crossing at Ch. 4.1,4.6,4.8,5.5. One school at Ch. 4.1 north Few tree cutting and utility/community structure shifting will 24 be required Pargana The project road passes through agricultural land/ open s land Topography is flat. Inhabited area is concentrated at region between Ch. 0.1 to 0.5 ,1.2 on t he r ight hand side, 0.2 ,1. 6,2.3 on the l eft Old Bangaon hand side and 1.7,2.4 on the both side of the road. Bangaon East to There is a Pond at Ch. 2.2 on the left hand side of the road. Pratapnagar There is a Canal Crossing at Ch. 1.8. (2.413 km) Few tree cutting and utility/community structure shifting will be required The project road passes through agricultural land/ open land

Section of the Road Alignment showing Well close to the Road Alignment (Ch.3.8 km) agricultural land Ch. 0.1 Road Name: Kapasdanga Bridge to Road Name: Kapasdanga Bridge to Kapasdanga Jitpur Block Name: Beldanga – I Kapasdanga Jitpur District Name: Murshidabad Block Name: Beldanga – I District Name: Murshidabad

Hand pump close to the Road Alignment Village Pond near the road Alignment Ch. 0.9 Ch.6.3Road Name: Keostsah Bazar to Road Name: T 07 at Lal School to Brazer Jasaikathi Haiderpara Kuthi Block Name: Baduria Block Name: Alipurduar-II District Name: North 24 Parganas District Name: Jalpaiguri

Tea Garden Along the Road Section Ch. 0.7 Habitation near the road section with in 10 Road Name: Ranichera Tea Garden to meter right away Ch. 0.2 Road Name: Paschim Damdim Block Name: Mal Kapasdanga Bridge to Kapasdanga Jitpur District Name: Jalpaiguri Block Name: Beldanga – I District Name: Murshidabad

Forest Patch along the road section Ch. 3.6 Wooden Bridge along the road section Road Road Name: Bikas Nagar to Rajfapri Name: Bikas Nagar to Rajfapri Block Name: Rajganj Block Name: Rajganj District Name: Jalpaigudi District Name: Jalpaigudi

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURES

92. Road improvements work brings substantial economic and social benefits to rural communities and national economies. However, it may also cause adverse environmental impacts though of smaller magnitude, since rural road subprojects aligned along the existing road alignments and will be of 7.5 m width only. The impacts are expected largely during construction phase, which can be mitigated through engineering measures and adoption of best construction practices. This section outlines the identified impacts during design, construction and operation phases along with proposed mitigation measures for eliminating or minimizing the adverse impacts. 93. The associated environmental impacts are assessed considering present environmental setting of the project area, nature, and extent of the proposed activities. Impacts are analysed on both generic and specific nature and are classified as insignificant, minor, moderate and major. 94. Since the issues associated with most of the roads are similar, the impacts and mitigation measures given below are applicable to most of the subprojects. Any issue specific to a road, is separately mentioned. Common Impacts during Design and Construction Phase Climate change 95. Impact: The proposed roads are analysed considering climate change vulnerability screening checklist defined under EARF to RCIP. The resource (like barrow earth, aggregate, cement, concrete) requirements for these rural roads as such are minimal. None of these resources is likely to be affected by climate changes (such as changes in temperature and precipitation). None of the project roads is located in natural hazard areas or passes through protected areas or flood prone areas. There are two sample roads, which runs close to river (small tributaries), and one in block Kandi of district Murshidabad. However, none of these roads is prone to flood. The habitation is less along these rural roads and as such, no exponential population growth is expected considering the generic trend of population migration from rural to urban areas. Most of the sample roads pass through agricultural fields and along the existing road alignments with low embankment height of 1m (average) from ground to crust except at the approaches to cross drainage structures. As such, the sub project roads are unlikely to be vulnerable or increase the vulnerability of surrounding areas (with respect to population growth, settlement patterns, increasing runoff or landslides). 96. Mitigation Measures: Compensatory tree plantations6 (1:3) will be made to compensate the loss of trees if any for the construction of sample roads and maintaining the tree cover. Efforts shall be made to plant additional trees for increasing the carbon sink. The tree may be planted with help of village Panchayat7. All non-sample rural roads to be included in RCIP, will also be screened for climate change vulnerability and

6 SRRDA mostly undertake this activity through state forest department. The forest department plants tree either along the proposed roads if land is available otherwise on nearby degraded forest land. 7 Village Panchayats are planting trees at along rural roads with funding under Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Act scheme. The PIUs may facilitate with them for planting trees along the road. Some of the PIUs in different states are already helping Village Panchayats for the same.

44 necessary mitigation measures shall be adopted for minimisation of identified vulnerability if any. Finalization of Alignment 97. Impact: The proposed rural road will be constructed to provide 7.5 m roadway in accordance with PMGSY guidelines and technical specifications (IRC-SP 20: 2002) for plain terrains. Sample rural road are aligned to existing road (earthen track with some stretches of brickbat soling). The existing road passes through plain terrain and primarily agriculture areas. None of the sample roads passes close to any protected monument or through protected areas. Impacts due to road alignment and design is expected to be minor and limited to shifting of some common utilities, community structures (temple, school) and cutting of trees falling within road way. 98. Mitigation Measures: The road alignment is finalised considering availability of right of way. The ROW is reduced in built up area or constricted areas to minimize land acquisition. The road alignment is modified to avoid tree cutting, shifting of utilities or community structure to the extent feasible. Some of the measures taken include widening of the road on one end to maintain the tree on the road edge to avoid its cutting, using retaining wall to minimise the road width to 5m wherever required. The road is designed to follow natural topography to avoid excessive cut and fill. All future roads to be included in RCIP will follow above measures. In addition these subprojects will comply with the following alignment finalisation criteria : a. The road will be part of district core network and will comply with PMGSY guidelines b. Subproject shall not disturb any cultural heritage designated by the government or by the international agencies, such as UNESCO, and shall avoid any monuments of cultural or historical importance. c. Subproject will not pass through any designated wild life sanctuaries, national park, notified Eco sensitive areas or area of international significance such as protective wet land designated under Wetland Convention, and reserve forest area.. d. Subproject to comply with local and National legislative requirements (such as forest clearance for diversion of forest land) and ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009. Land Acquisition 99. Impact: Minor impact, since no land acquisition is involved due to various measures considered for finalisation of road alignment. Villagers have volunteered to donate their land if at certain stages land is required for geometrical correction or alignment adjustment for avoiding tree cutting or shifting of community structure. There could be some impact on the encroachers; however, most of them have also volunteered to shift from the proposed alignment. 100. Mitigation Measures: All efforts shall be made to minimize the land acquisition while finalising the alignment. In an unavoidable situation, adopt suitable engineering measures to reduce the ROW requirement or donation of land from landowners. In the encroached areas, efforts shall be made to restricted road construction to the available space. Protected Areas (National parks, Wild life sanctuaries, Eco sensitive zones, protected /historical monuments) and Forest Areas. 45

101. Impact: West Bengal state has many wild life sanctuaries but none of the sample road is located within 10 km radius of the sample project roads. None of the sample road passes through any forest land and as such, project has no impact on forest cover of the state/Country. West Bengal is also known to have several archaeological monuments and historical monuments spread all over the state. However, none of them is located within 5 km of sample roads. 102. Mitigation Measures: As there are no Protected/Ecologically sensitive areas in the sub project areas, no such measures are proposed. In case of a diversion of forest land, prior forest clearance shall be obtained under Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (amended 1988). Land Clearing Operations 103. Impact: The site clearing operations may have impact on common utilities, community properties, land use and vegetation profile of the area if adequate considerations not given to road alignment finalisation, utility and community structure shifting plan, tree felling, and demolition waste disposal. 104. Mitigation Measures: The following steps shall be taken to minimise the associated impact with land clearing operations. a. The land clearing operation should be undertaken as per the defined road alignment and community structure, utility and road furniture shifting plan. b. The road land width shall be clearly demarcated on the ground. c. The utility and community structure shifting shall be as per plan and with consultations and concurrence of the community. d. Tree felling shall be limited to those, which could not be saved even by design measures. The tree shall be cut with a permission of Forest department. The vegetable cover shall be removed and disposed in consultation with community. e. All public utilities shall be shifted with a concurrence of respective agencies/authority and to the adjacent location approved by them. f. The top soils shall be collected and preserved for reuse as a base for turfing of embankment slopes or development of barren areas along roadside. The top soil shall be preserved at identified location with the provision of watering /grass development on the heap surface to prevent air pollution. Cut and Fill and Embankment construction 105. Impact: Inadequate alignment planning may increase the cut and fill requirement as well as need for more borrow earth for embankment formation leading to some impact on land use. Inadequate provision for drainage and embankment slop protection may lead to soil erosion. Due consideration is given to above aspect for alignment finalisation of sample road. With the adoption of appropriate mitigation measures, the impact due to above activity on land use and other environmental component is expected to be minimal. 106. Mitigation Measures: The alignment design shall consider options to minimise excessive cuts and fills. The cut and fill quantities shall be used for embankment to minimise barrow earth requirement. The design shall be as per relevant IRC provisions

46 for cut and fill, sl ope protection an d drainage. Adequate provision sha ll be m ade for cross drainage structures for maintaining natural drainage pattern in the subproject area and preventing soi l erosi on. T he top soi l of the cut and fill area shall be use d for embankment slope protection. . Establishment of Construction Camp, Temporary office and Storage Area 107. Impact: The con gregation of labour population an d technical st aff i n the subproject area during the construction phase is likely to put considerable stress on the limited resources of village areas. Some of the associated impacts are related to health, safety of the labourers at the construction camp sites, availability of safe drinking water, and sanitation. 108. The establishment of construction camp temporary off ice and storage area will reduce l and productivity if t hese are established on ag ricultural l and. Loading an d unloading of construction material, transportation of material, handling of fuel and waste disposal f rom t hese areas may ha ve direct and indirect impact on soil, water an d air quality 109. Mitigation M easures: The following st eps sha ll be t aken t o minimise/reduce these impacts: Construction camp sites shall be located away from any local human settlements (minimum 1 km away) and preferably located on lands, which are not productive barren/waste lands presently. Similarly temporary office and storage areas shall be located away from human settlement areas (minimum 500 m). The con struction camps , o ffice and storage areas shall ha ve ad equate w ater supply, san itation and all r equisite i nfrastructure facilities. This w ould minimize dependence of construction personnel on outside resources, presen tly be ing used by local populace and minimize undesirable social friction thereof. The con struction camp s sha ll be l ocated at a minimum 500m from f orest land/areas t o deter the construction l abour i n trespassing. S imilarly, t emporary office an d storage are as sha ll be located at a m inimum 500m from forest land/areas. The construction camps, office and storage areas shall have septic tank/soak pit of adequate capacity so that it can function properly for the entire duration of its use. All construction camps shall have rationing facilities particularly for kerosene/LPG so that dependence on firewood for cooking is avoided completely to the extent possible. The construction camps, office and storage areas shall have health care facilities for adults, pregnant women and children. All con struction pe rsonnel sha ll be sub jected t o r outine v accinations an d other preventive/healthcare measures. Contractor shall arr ange al l pe rsonal prot ective equipment ( PPEs) l ike helmet, boots, and earplugs f or workers, first ai d and f ire fighting e quipment a t construction si tes. A n emergency pl an sha ll be prepared t o fight with any emergency like fire. 47

Garbage bins must be provided in the camp and regularly emptied and disposed off in a hy gienic manner. Domestic solid waste shall be disposed of in a control manner. The recyclable w aste shall be sold off and no n sal eable an d biodegradable waste shall be disposed through secured land filling. All f uel oi l/lubricant un loading an d storage shall be m ade on the pa ved areas away from storm water drainage. After completion of construction work, the camp /temporary office/storage areas sites shall be restored to its original condition. Traffic Movement 110. Impact: Construction work along the existing road could cause disturbances to traffic movements. It will also pose risk of accident to motorist at night if these blockages and disruption are not clearly demarcated. 111. Mitigation M easures: The con tractor will prep are ap propriate t raffic diversion scheme, w hich shall b e implemented i n different s tretches o f the r oad as per t he progress of the construction work. This plan shall be approved by PIU and implemented before st art o f an y con struction w ork to av oid any i nconvenience t o t he present road users. The di version plan sho uld ensure s mooth flow of traffic, m inimise accidents t o road users during construction works. Adequate signboards shall be placed much ahead of diversion site to caution the road users. The road signs should be bold and visible and retro reflective in nature for day and night visibility. Associated Impacts due to Construction Activities Loss of productive soil, erosion and land-use 112. Impact: N o land use will cha nge due to the proj ect, si nce r equired R OW is available throughout t he alignment. La nd us e though will cha nge temporarily o f construction camp , t emporary o ffice storage areas for the pe riod o f co nstruction. This will also result in loss of soil productivity. Soil erosion may take place along steep and un-compacted embankment slope, and wherever vegetation is cleared. Soil erosion may have cumulative eff ect viz. siltation, embankment damage, drainage clogging etc. The siltation, due t o soil ero sion m ay occu r on ly i n the po nds l ocated close t o the roads. There are approximate 129 ponds are located in between 2-10 m ROW of 14 roads in Wes Bengal. Out 108, 33 ponds are coming in Japaiguri, 9 in North 24 Pargana, 58 in Bankura and 9 in Murshidabad district. Land use may also change due to borrowing the earth. 113. Mitigation Measures: It shall be ensured that the land taken on lease for access road, construction camp and temporary office of the storage facilities, is restored back to its orig inal land use be fore handing i t ov er back t o land owner. The t op soil f rom the productive land (borrow areas, road widening areas etc.) shall be preserved and reused for plantation pu rposes. I t sha ll al so be use d as top cov er of emban kment sl ope for growing vegetation to protect soil erosion. All steep cuts shall be flattened and benched. Shrubs shall be pl anted i n loose soil area. IRC: 5 6 -1974 recommended practice f or treatment o f e mbankment slopes for erosi on co ntrol sha ll be taken i nto con sideration. Soil erosion shall be visually checked on slopes and embankment areas. If soil erosion observed, suitable measures shall be taken to control it. Borrow Areas and Quarries 114. Impact: Borrow areas if left un-rehabilitated may pose risk to people, particularly children and animals o f acci dentally f alling i nto i t. This may al so become potential

48 breeding ground for mosquitoes and vector born disease. Illegal quarrying may lead to unstable soil condition; destroy the landscape of the terrain, air and noise pollution. 115. Mitigation Measures: Borrowing earth from agricultural land shall be minimised to the extent possible. Further, no earth shall be borrowed from already low-lying areas. The borrow earth shall be sourced from identified locations and with prior permission of landowner and with clear understanding for its rehabilitation. The Indian Road Congress (IRC):10-1961 guideline should be used for selection of borrow pits and quantity that can be borrowed. The borrow area shall be located/ rehabilitated as per the guidelines given at Appendix4.1. Fly ash shall also be used in road embankment as per IRC guidelines wherever thermal power plant is located within 100 km of the road alignment. The stone aggregate shall be sourced from existing licensed quarries only. The quarry should have requisite consent to operate from State Pollution Control Board. No new quarry shall be opened for the proposed project. Hydrology and Drainage 116. Impact: The activities involved with proposed road development may alter the hydrology and drainage pattern of the area in absence of adequate provision for cross drainage structure, construction wastes disposal and drainage in habitat areas. 117. None of the sample roads is crossing or running close to any natural stream except two roads in district Jalpaiguri ( T07 at Lal school to Brazer kuthi, and T05 at Bikas Nagar to Rajfapri) which run close to small river or tributaries and another road (Panchthupi to Molla of Mahadebati) which crosses small river. Certain project roads are crossing local and seasonal drains. Village ponds are also located close to few roads.. There as impact on Hydrology and Drainage Pattern is expected to be minimal. Flodding of road due to water stagnation and road overtopping or flooding may occur near water stagnation areas. 118. Mitigation Measures: Adequate provisions are proposed for bank stabilisation and prevention of silt runoff during construction and operational stage. The provision of adequate cross drainage structures shall be made to ensure smooth passage of water and maintaining natural drainage pattern of the area. The discharge capacity of the CD structure shall be designed accordingly. The construction work shall be planned in dry season so that water quality of the water channel is not affected due to siltation. It will be ensured that natural flow of water along the road to nearby Provision of additional cross drainage structures shall be made in the areas where nearby land is sloping towards road alignment in both the both sides.Bank stabilisation measures like bamboo or eucalyptus tree piling based support may be used where long road stretch get are involved and CC wall are not feasible. 119. Provision of CC road construction in habitat area with drainage of both side of the road shall be made as per the design specifications and with adequate slope to prevent any water logging. Compaction and Contamination of Soil 120. Impact: Soil in the adjoining productive lands beyond the ROW, haulage roads, and construction camp area may be compacted due to movement of construction vehicles, machineries, equipments and construction camps/storage facilities. It may get contaminated due to inappropriate disposal of liquid waste, (lubricating oil and fuel spills, waste oil and lubricant and vehicle/equipment washing effluent) and solid waste (fuel filters, oily rags) likely to be generated from repair and maintenance of transport vehicles, construction equipment and machinery. 49

121. Mitigation M easures: To p revent soil compaction i n the ad joining pr oductive lands be yond the ROW, the m ovement o f con struction v ehicles, machinery an d equipment shall be restricted to the designated haulage route. The productive land shall be r eclaimed a fter con struction activ ity. S eptic t ank or mobile toilets ( fitted w ith anaerobic t reatment) facility sha ll be pro vided at construction ca mp/temporary office/storage areas. Domestic solid waste at construction camp shall be segregated into biodegradable an d no n-biodegradable w aste. The no n-biodegradable a nd recyclable waste shall be sol d off. Fu el an d lubricants sha ll be st ored at the pre defined storage location. The storage area shall be paved with gentle slope to a corne r and connected with a chamber to collect any spills of the oils. All efforts shall be made to minimise the waste generation. U navoidable waste shall be stored at the de signated place prio r to disposal. To av oid soi l contamination at the wash-down an d r e-fuelling areas, “oil interceptors” shall be provided. Oil and grease spill and oil soaked materials are to be collected and stored in labelled containers (Labelled: WASTE OIL; and hazardous sign be displayed) and sold off to SPCB/ MoEF authorized re-refiners. Construction Debris and Wastes 122. Impact: U ncontrolled di sposal o f d ebris an d waste may cr eate unhygienic an d unsafe condition around the disposal areas. 123. Mitigation Measures: All excavated materials from roadway, shoulders, verges, drains, cross drainage shall be used for embankments formation if feasible, filling pits, and l andscaping. U nusable debris material sho uld be sui tably di sposed o ff a t pre - designated disposal locations, with approval of the concerned authority. The bituminous wastes shall be di sposed i n secure landfill si tes only i n environmentally acce pted manner. MOSRTH guidelines shall be followed for debris, wastes removal and disposal at u nproductive/wastelands which shall be sel ected w ith the con sent o f v illagers and Panchayat. The dumping site should be of adequate capacity and to be located away from residential areas (at least 1000 m away). It should also be located away from water bodies to prevent any contamination of these bodies. Air Quality 124. Impact: The potential sources of air emission during the construction phase of the project are given below which can cause localised air pollution. Dust from earth works (during site preparation). Emissions from the operation of construction equipment and machines. Fugitive emissions from vehicles plying on t he road, during t he transport of construction materials. Emissions other than dust particularly from the hot mix plants and laying of bitumen. H ot mix pl ant w ill g enerate carbon m onoxide ( CO), un -burnt hydrocarbon (HC), sul phur di oxide (SO2), pa rticulate matters (PM), a nd nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions. Localised increased traffic congestion i n con struction areas . Most of t he emissions w ill be i n the form o f coa rse particulate matter, w hich will s ettle down in close vicinity of construction site. This may affect the air q uality of nearby areas, esp ecially, due to emission di scharge from l ow he ight o f the stack.

125. Mitigation M easures: A ll these i mpacts will be t emporary an d hence, no significant impact is envisaged. The following measures will be taken to minimise these: Vehicles delivering loose and fine materials like sand and aggregates shall be covered. Dust suppression measures like water sprinkling, shall be applied in all dust prone locations such as unpaved haulage roads8, earthworks, stockpiles and asphalt mixing plant areas. Mixing pl ants an d asphalt ( hot m ix) pl ants shall be located at l east 0.5 km away and in downwind direction of the human settlements. Material storage areas shall also be located downwind of the habitation area. Hot mix plant shall be fitted with stack of adequate height (30 m) or as may be prescr ibed by st ate po llution control bo ard ( SPCB) t o ensure enough dispersion of exit gases. Diesel Generating (DG) sets shall also be fitted with stack of adequate height. Low sul phur diesel sha ll be use d i n DG sets and other con struction machineries. Construction vehicles an d machineries shall be pe riodically maintained. The requisite PPE (helmet, mask, boot, hand gloves) shall be provided to the construction workers. Permits : Contractor must obtain “Consent to Establish” before setting up Hot Mix plant, batching plants. The consent can be obtained by applying to State Pollution Control B oard i n prescribed format a nd w ith requisite fee. The consent to establish must be converted to „Consent to Operate” once condition of consent to establish is complied with. Noise Quality 126. Impact: Ambient no ise level m ay i ncrease temporarily i n the cl ose v icinity of various construction a ctivities, maintenance workshops, vehicles movement an d earthmoving equipment. 127. Mitigation Measures: The noise level will be intermittent and temporary and will attenuate fast with i ncrease in di stance f rom noise sou rce. Further, vehicles an d equipment should be fitted with silencers and maintained regularly. The workers shall be provided with pe rsonal protection devices such as ea rplugs and ea rmuffs. Workers exposure to noise will be restricted to less than 8 hours a day. Workers duty shall be regulated accordingly. Groundwater and Surface Water Quality and Availability 128. Impact: Water w ill be r equired for com paction o f formation and d omestic purposes i n the workers camp . These requirements w ill be m ainly sou rced from groundwater. Any uncontrolled abstraction of ground water can deplete the ground water table fast. Contamination of groundwater is not envisaged since all construction camps will ha ve septic t anks o r m obile toilets depending on the nu mber o f w orkers in each camp. The drinking water supply to the habitat is primarily through hand pumps and bore wells. No significant impact is anticipated on surface water bodies except probability of

8 Water suppression of fugitive dust can reduce emissions from 12% to 98% 51

siltation during construction. Due to non-perennial nature of surface water bodies, water requirements for drinking and construction purpose shall be met from ground water sources. 129. Mitigation Measures: Requisite permission shall be obtained if applicable for abstraction of groundwater from State Ground Water Board/Central Ground Water Authority9 if applicable. The contractor shall arrange for water required during construction in such a way that the water availability and supply to nearby communities remains unaffected. Water intensive activities shall not be undertaken during summer period to the extent feasible. Provision shall be made to link side drains with the nearby ponds for facilitating water harvesting. Where ponds are not available, the water harvesting pits shall be constructed as per the requirement and rainfall intensity. Measures are already purposed in earlier section for prevention of siltation in water bodies. Biological Environment 130. Impact: Since the sample roads are not passing through any protected areas or forest area, there is no diversion of forest land. The major adverse impacts will be due to tree cutting, Siltation and contamination of water bodies may affect the aquatic life. Since there are only ponds and non-perennial water the aquatic life is minimal and no significant impact is anticipated on aquatic life. 131. Mitigation Measures: All efforts shall be taken to avoid tree cutting wherever possible. Requisite permission from forest department shall be obtained for cutting of roadside trees. Compensatory Afforestation shall be made on 1:3.ratio basis. Additional trees shall be planted wherever feasible. All care shall be taken to avoid siltation/contamination of water bodies. Movement of herbivores like Cattle, Goats, Cows etc., have been observed in the surrounding agriculture fields. Disturbance to these animals will be avoided to the extent possible. Impact on Common Property Resources 132. Impact: There are public utilities like Electric transformer, electric poles, and hand pumps all along the rural roads. The road construction may require shifting of these utilities. There are many community structures like school, playground village office temples. 133. Mitigation Measures: All efforts are made to minimize shifting of common utilities and community structures. ROW has been reduced in constricted areas with appropriate engineering measures to minimize land acquisition and shifting of community structures. The community structures/utilities which can not be saved will be shifted to adjacent area with the concurrence and in consultation with community. . Common Impacts during Post Construction and Operation Phase Air Quality 134. Impact: Decrease in air quality due to increase in traffic, idling at congestions.

9 As per Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA), there are 43 notified blocks in India where prior permission is required fro extraction of ground water. Currently there are no notified areas in West Bengal. CGWA is continually updating the list of notified areas.

135. Mitigation Measures: The bad road conditions the main cause of poor air pollution at present. The improved road conditions will result in the improved ambient air quality. Also, the subproject road is largely traversing through vast open agriculture areas, which will provide adequate dispersion to gaseous pollutants, generated from vehicles and will offset the increased pollutants. Noise 136. Impact: During the operational phase, movement of traffic will be the prime source of noise. Traffic congestion and pedestrian interferences increase the use of horns. This may result in increased noise levels at habitat areas, nearby schools and religious places. 137. Mitigation Measures: Awareness signboard shall be provided for safe driving near the habitat areas. Speed limitation and honking restrictions may be enforced near sensitive locations. Land, Soil, Tree Plantation 138. Impact: The better access can lead to conversion of agriculture land for residential and commercial purposes close to roads, which may result in loss of productive land and agricultural produce. Since the rural road are aimed at connecting the villages, and with the general trend of migration of rural population to urban areas, the phenomena of conversion of agriculture land to residential area is unlikely to change. 139. The land occupied for construction camp /temporary office/material storage area will remain unproductive if it is not restored after completion of construction activities. 140. It shall be essential to ensure the survivability of the compensatory tree planted 141. Mitigation Measures It shall be ensured that all construction camp/temporary office/material storage areas are restored to its original conditions. The borrow area rehabilitation will also be ensured as per the agreed plan with the landowner. Contractor and PIC will ensure the same and obtained clearance from PIU before handling over the site to SRRDA. 142. The PIC will undertake survivability assessment and report to PIU the status of compensatory tree plantation at a stage of completion of construction with recommendation for improving the survivability of the tree if required. Groundwater 143. No impact is anticipated on groundwater due to the project during operation phase, hence, no specific mitigation is proposed. Hydrology and Drainage 144. Impact: Water accumulation incidence may occur due to inadequate availability of cross drainage structure or clogging of cross drainage structures. 145. Mitigation Measures: Regular removal/cleaning of deposited silt shall be done from drainage channels and outlet points before the monsoon season. Rejuvenation of the drainage system by removing encroachments/ congestions shall be regularly conducted. Socio-Economic Impact 146. Assessment of project impact on socio-economic conditions point to the conclusions that positive benefits are many fold compared to its adverse impact. 53

147. Positive I mpacts: The be tter road access i s l ikely t o contribute the ov erall economic condition of village community. With the quick access to urban market areas, the farmers are l ikely t o g et be tter p rices for t heir farm produce . C hildren w ill al so be able to access the school and education facilities in the near by urban areas. 148. Safety Measures shall be adopted as per NRRDA guidelines. Some of them are highlighted below : Speed breakers (Rumble strips) as per IRC: 99-1988 shall be provided at sharp corves design and bends where the curve design speed is less than 40 km per hour in plain in rolling terrain. Speed breakers s hall also be prov ided at a threshold of habitation (as pe r NRRD A guidelines) at regular intervals (150-200 m) through habitation. The s peed break ers are provided and directional s ight boards i nstalled at sites w here reverse horizontal curves are closely spaced and speed reduction is required. Hazard markers to be installed at each end of all box culverts, river crossing causeways and similar CD structures Shoulder side slopes shall not be steeper than 2h:1V unless stone pitching of the slopes is provided. Cement c oncrete pavement an d V-shaped drain i s constructed to the f ull width of the available roadway within densely populated habitation. Directional sight board are installed on all sharp curves and bends At main road, intersection or crossing “STOP” sign and „T-intersection‟ warning sign shall be installed on the village road.

Road Specific Impacts

149. The Many ad verse impacts o f r oad projects can be a voided or minimized b y applying en vironmentally sou nd de sign, construction and operation an d maintenance practises. The review o f t he en vironmental sal ient features specific t o sample roads given i n chapter I II i dentify t hat m itigation measures ap plicable t o al l the road ar e Ssimilar in na ture except v ariation i n terms o f m agnitude of t he m easures which depends on l ength of the r oad, presence o f pond, nu mber o f com munity st ructure (mostly temples, school) likely to be shifted, number and type of common utility (hand pump, electric transformer, electrical poles). 150. Water st agnation an d water l ogging p roblem i s al so identified al ong many existing sample road areas. Adequate design measures for drainage, road levels shall be taken for prevention of water logging. 151. Table to Appendix 5.1 provides the list of common utilies, ponds, or community structures falling within 2-4 M of the road and may require shifting. Effrost shal be made to adopt the mitigative measures l isted un der r espective section ab ove i ncluding measures o f al igning r oad on on e end to save the the s tructures/trees as much a s possible.

5. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN, INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS AND GRIEVANCE ADDRESS MECHANISM

Environmental Management Plan 152. The E nvironmental M anagement P lan ( EMP) is prepared to facilitate effective implementation o f r ecommended m itigations m easures with defined r oles and responsibility for implementation an d m onitoring, regulatory compliance r equirements, stages of implementation with location, time frame and costs. The mitigation measures are proposed to el iminate or minimise t he identified impact associated w ith de sign, construction an d operation st ages o f t he p roject, t o acce ptable level by adopting t he most feasible options. 153. The EM P i s prepared as per E nvironmental Management S tandard (ECOP) applicable to rural road defined be ADB at RRS I stage. 154. The identified impacts are insignificant and are related to clearing operations of RoW, traffic di versions, sett ing an d operation of con struction camp s, q uarry an d borrowing op erations, transportation of m aterials, con struction o f cr oss drainage structures, air & noise po llution du e t o con struction activities an d op eration of construction e quipment, t ree cut ting an d shifting o f u tilities and physical comm unity structure. 155. Appropriate mitigation measures are identified for all rural road construction and operation ac tivities. The i dentified i mpacts a ssociated w ith rural roads and mitigative measures are largely common to most of the roads. The EMP is detailed at Appendix 5.1. It prov ides actio n common t o al l r oads at pre con struction, co nstruction an d operation stage. Since IEE is carried out prior to preparation of DPR, the EMP will be updated specific to road as per DPR requirements by PIU and included with DPR which shall be available to contractor at the time of bidding. The areas to be updated as per DPR provisions are highlighted under location column of EMP. 156. Since, t hese are rural r oad, t he v ehicular density an d speed w ill be l ow. Movement of vehicles would be confined primarily for transfer of agricultural produce to market pl aces. A s su ch, no major e mergency i s an ticipated. I n any acci dental eventuality, local administration can be reached quickly for help though Gram Panchayat (village administration) communication systems.

Environmental Monitoring Plan 157. The en vironmental m onitoring pro gram i s prepared with aim t o monitor t he environmental performance of environmental management plan. The EMOP is planned with the focus on following objectives: To the assess the effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed To assess the change in environmental quality during construction and operation stage with respect to before the project scenario. To assess compliance to regulatory requirements 55

To monitor the st atus of co rrective action taken i n case o f deviation from the planned measures or regulatory requirements. For rural roads, Environmental Monitoring plan will be more observation oriented and it provides observation areas with frequency of monitoring at pre construction aspects10, construction stage and operation stage. A monitoring plan with monitoring indicator and frequency of monitoring is given at Appendix 5.2. Institutional Arrangements and Responsibilities Institutional Arrangement 158. NRRDA con stituted by M ORD is t he no dal ag ency f or the i mplementation o f PMGSY i n India. SRRDA i s t he st ate level ag ency r esponsible for i mplementation o f PMGSY pro gram i n t he st ate. N RRDA ha s de veloped v arious guidelines an d defined institutional arrangements for effective and timely implementation of P MGSY program, which al so cov ers measures for environmental and soci al safeguards. In l ine with t he defined institutional r equirements, ea ch SRRDA ha s set up di strict l evel proj ect implementation units (PIUs). NRRDA also appoints Technical Support Consultant (TSC) to provide t echnical sup port for cap acity bu ilding i n SRRDA/PIUs, facilitating them f or environmental and social safeguard compliance monitoring and due diligence. SRRDA appoints PIC ( project i mplementation con sultant) for sup ervision of construction w ork. PIC also helps PIU in monitoring the EMP. 159. NRRDA is also responsible to coordinate with SRRDA and ensure compliance to ADB safeguard requirements. 160. The institutional arrangement at National Level and state level for implementation of PMGSY including RCIP is shown at Figure 5.1 .

10 Aspects related to alignment selection for inclusion of new roads

Ministry of Rural Development (MORD), ADB Government of India

National Rural Roads Development Agency (NRRDA) Project Implementation Authority (National Level)

Technical Support State Rural Development Agency Consultants (TSC) (State Level) Appointed by NRRDA

Project Implementation Unit Environmental (PIU) Expert of TSC (District Level)

RCIP roads Project Implementation Consultant (PIC)

Contractor Environmental Officer (EO) (Provided by PIC –One Part Time/ full Time on need basis) or appointed by SRRDA

Implementation of EMP Monitoring Implementation of EMP

: Institutional Arrangement for EMP Implementation 57

Institutional Environmental Responsibilities 161. The institutional environmental responsibilities for different level and function is elaborated below 162. MORD11 the executing agency has the responsibility for monitoring implementation of the EMP for all subprojects and undertaking necessary due diligence. MORD ensure this through its Nodal Agency NRRDA (National Rural Road Development Agency). MORD will also ensure that a. ADB is given access to undertake environmental due diligence for all subprojects, if and when needed as per EARF requirements. b. SRRDA meet all environmental assessment requirements in accordance with EARF c. It undertakes random monitoring of the implementation of the EMP d. Ensure compliance to legislative requirements such as forest clearance for diversion of forest land for non-forest purposes and Consent to Establish/Operate for hot mix plant, batching plant e. Appoint Technical Support Consultant (TSC) to assist SRRDA for various environmental aspect and safeguard compliances 163. SRRDA12will ensure that : a. .ECOP checklist is prepared for each road b. The completed ECOP checklist is included in the DPR with the help of PIC. c. Ensure that all required statutory environmental clearances are obtained and comply with clearance conditions; d. Ensure that the subproject specific EMPs and respective budget are included in the bidding documents; e. Ensure that the ECOP checklists and EMP (including general and site specific issues) are made available to the contractors; f. Undertake routine monitoring of the implementation of the EMP including spot checks on site and prepare monitoring reports at least once a year; and g. With the support of technical support consultants prepare satisfactory environmental due diligence reports of the earlier tranche/periodic financing request before implementing the next tranche. h. Appoint Project Implementation Consultant ( PIC) for construction supervision and assist PIUs for EMP implementation and related safeguard compliances. 164. PIU will be responsible to : a. Complete the ECOP checklists and prepare subproject specific EMPs (including monitoring plan) for each subproject b. Obtain necessary statutory environmental clearance prior to commencement of civil works

11 MoRD implements it through its nodal agency NRRDA which undertakes this with the help of Environmental Expert of Technical Support Consultant 12 With assistance from PIC ( Project Implementation Unit)

c. Update the respective ECOP c hecklists and EMPs if there are a ny c hanges i n alignment of the subprojects d. To conduct monitoring of al l s ubprojects a nd prep are pre-, during a nd post- construction m onitoring c hecklists through the proj ect implementation consultants, e. Prepare and submit to SRRDA annual m onitoring report as pe r A DB de fined format 165. The T echnical S upport C onsultants (TSC) appointed by N RRDA. The Environmental Expert of TSC : a. Will prov ide technical assistance to S RRDA/PIU r egarding en vironmental aspects, environmental permitting/clearances requirement, b. Periodically review EMP implementation status including spot site inspections. c. Conduct workshops/capacity building program at different level and functions. d. Prepare environmental Due Diligence report for each trench before implementing next trench e. Prepare state Level IEE reports and EMPs for non sample roads based on the ECOP checklist completed by the PIC 166. Project I mplementation Consultant ( PIC) is appointed b y S RRDA. PIC will provide on e Environmental O fficer (EO). The EO w ill be r esponsible to ensure adherence and implementation of EMP at all stages of works by the contractor. The EO, if found w arranting may al so conduct field t ests, i ndependent o f t he con tractor to determine t he e ffectiveness of E MP un der ap proval of P IC/PIU. The broad duties / responsibilities of the Environmental Officer will include: Review of p roject de sign and s pecifications to ensure the ir ad equacy and suitability with respect to the implementation of EMP. Collection and d issemination of r elevant environmental do cuments i ncluding amendments to environmental prot ection acts issued b y the various a gencies, namely, ADB, Government of India / State and local bodies; Interact with the counterpart of the Contractor(s), review work progress/plans and ensure implementation of the EMP; Co-ordination with the NGOs, community groups and Government departments on e nvironmental issues, provide c larifications/ and ob tain clearances du ring project implementation if any, as required from the regulatory authorities and/or submitting periodic compliance reports as required by the State Authorities; Monitoring sensitive en vironmental att ributes du ring c onstruction and o peration stages13 to ensure that the s uggested m itigation m easures i n th e EMP are implemented; Facilitate PIU f or preparation of an nual m onitoring report as p er ADB d efined format

13 Normally P IC is s upposed t o undertake f ive s ite visits and f ive monitoring reports as per c ontracts bei ng i ssued by different S RRDA. It is pr oposed t hat P IC shall submit the following f ive m onitoring r eports: ( 1) F irst r eport at pr e construction stage, (2) Second report after three months of start of construction or on completion of 25% construction (3) Thrid report after seven months of start of construction or on completion of 75% of construction, (4) Fourth report after one month of completion of construction and first year of operation stage ( 5) Fifth report in second month of seond year of operation stage. 59

Documentation of the en vironmental m anagement/monitoring activities f or the regular project implementation progress report; which will serve as the basis for the annual environmental monitoring reports. Conducting environmental training/awareness pro grams for the c ontractors, the project implementation personnel and the communities. 167. Contractor is ap pointed by S RRDA f or construction o f r oad and ensure implementation of EMP proposed. The broad duties of contractor are as follows: Make adequate costs provision for EMP requirements while biding Ensure effective implementation of mitigative measures as per road specific EMP Comply with a ll applicable l egislative r equirements and o btain n ecessary consents f or to E stablish/Operate be fore start of h ot mix pl ant and ba tching plants. Comply with al permit conditions Create awareness am ongst workers for environment, occupational h ealth and safety aspects. Participate in tr aining and awareness programme along with its executives conducted by PIC. Provide PPE and adequate resources for Environment Occupational Health and Safety Follow a ll th e guidelines f or borrowing ea rth and r estoration of bo rrow areas, setting up construction camps Sourcing of quarry material from approved quarries only Provide all required input to PIC for environmental monitoring as per EMP.

Environmental Assessment and Review Framework ( EARF) for RCIP 168. ADB ha s prepared an Environmental A ssessment an d Review Fra mework (EARF) which identifies the broad scope of the MFF, outlines the policy, environmental screening and asse ssment, an d institutional r equirements for preparing t he environmental assessments to be followed f or subsequent batches and tranches. This EARF also spe cifies cr iteria for eligibility for selection rural r oads under RCIP. T he sample r oads are sel ected following t hese criteria. The E MP, m onitoring requirement, institutional aspects, capacity building, grievance redress mechanism presented in this chapter a re developed i n line w ith above EARF. The el igibility cr iteria for selection of roads under R CIP, en vironmental assessment r equirement f or each trench and legal framework are given below: Selection Criteria and Environmental Assessment Requirement 169. The following criteria will be followed for selection of non sample roads. (i) No Category A (as per ADB‟s SPS) subproject will be included in the MFF. (ii) Subprojects will be eligible for construction or upgrading in accordance with the PMGSY guidelines, and be included in the respective district core network. (iii) The subprojects shall not disturb any cultural heritage designated by the Government or by international agencies, such as UNESCO, and shall avoid any monuments of cultural or historical importance. (iv) The subproject will not pass through any designated wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, other sanctuaries, notified ecological sensitive areas or

area of internationally significance (e.g., protected wetland designated by the Wetland Convention). (v) The projects shall only involve activities that follow Government of India laws and regulations, ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement (2009) 170. The following environmental Assessment requirement will be followed roads included under RCIP (i) ECOP checklists with annexes on trees, utility structures, community structures, strip plans and photographs will be completed for each and every road. (ii) Based on the requirements of the PMGSY guidelines separate ECOP checklists will be prepared for bridges that are longer than 15 m. (iii) Based on the completed ECOP checklists for roads and bridges, IEE reports will be prepared at a state level. These reports must contain a general EMP and a site specific EMP where there are site specific issues. (iv) ADB‟s REA checklist for roads and highways will be completed based on the state level IEE reports prepared and submitted to ADB to confirm categorization 171. The vulnerable to climate change will also be screened following screening checklists, which was integrated in the ADB REA Checklists and corresponding mitigation measures will be prepared. (i) Is the project area subject to hazards such as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate changes (ii) Could changes in precipitation patterns or evaporation rates over the lifespan of the project affect its sustainability and cost (i.e., increased landslides increase maintenance costs)? (iii) Does the project use or depend on resources which could be affected by climate changes such as changes in temperature, precipitation, wind (increased soil moisture content in the sub-grade)? (iv) Are there any demographic or socioeconomic aspects of the subproject and project area (e.g., population growth, settlement patterns) that increase the vulnerability of the project and surrounding area? (v) Could the subproject potentially increase the vulnerability of the surrounding area (i.e., by increasing runoff, encouraging settlement in earthquake zones) Legal Framework 172. As per Indian legislation, an environmental clearance is not required for rural roads. However, it may attract provisions of Forest Conservation Act, Wild Life (Protection) Act, and other legislation related with Air, Water and Noise pollution controls and prevention. The legislative applicability screening is presented in chapter 1 of this report and it will apply for non-sample road as well. Additionally, to ensure conformance to ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 (SPS), the subprojects will be subject to the following requirements: (i) Submission of a completed Rapid Environment Assessment (REA) checklist for Roads and Highways and a categorization form for each state level IEE that is prepared. 61

(ii) An Initial Environmental Examination14 (IEE) report including the preparation of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and a Monitoring Plan. (iii) Regular monitoring of implementation of the EMP and submission of monitoring reports and due diligence reports to ADB as necessary Capacity Building 173. Existing capacity of the State Rural Roads Development Agencies (SRRDAs) and Project Implementation Units (PIUs) for implementing environmental safeguard issues need substantial strengthening. Capacity building activities will mainly comprise training workshops for SRRDA and PIU environmental officers on (i) completion of environmental code of practice (ECOP) checklists; (ii) preparation of environmental management plan (EMP) and monitoring plans; (iii) monitoring of EMP implementation and completion of pre-, during and post-construction monitoring checklists; and (iv) preparation of monitoring reports. These few workshops have already been conducted at participating states though ADB appointed Environmental specialist. Additional training will be carried out periodically, by In-house trained and experienced officials.

Consultation and Information Disclosure 174. During the preparation of ECOP and Detailed Project Report (DPR), the PIU has to ensure consultation, and addressal of concerns of the affected people. 175. All environmental assessment documents are subject to ADB‟s Public Communication Policy (2005) and will be made available to the public, upon request. The SRRDAs are responsible for ensuring that all environmental checklist documentation, including the environmental due diligence and monitoring reports, are properly and systematically kept as part of the Investment Program specific records. MORD must disclose state specific sample road IEE reports on its website. Grievance Redress Mechanism 176. PRI administered village level committee is the first contact point for any aggrieved person. This committee will try to settle the concern by them self or in consultation with contractor or PIU. The unresolved concerned are forwarded to PIU for further action. PIU resolves these concern in consultation with PIC, SRRDA, and contractor as the situation demands. This is an established practice and is seen effective enough in RRS II. PIC will also collect concerns received by this committee in the intervening period and report the effectiveness of action taken. 177. At national level NRRDA has made provision of registering complain /suggestion through its website. NRRDA forwards these complains to concerned SRRDA for necessary actions. SRRDA directly or through concerned PIU initiate the appropriate action and update the complainant as well as NRRDA. It is proposed that NRRDA website will be cross-linked to each SRRDA website as well or SRRDA will also make provision of complain registry at its website.

14 As per selection criteria, no Category A subproject will be included under RCIP.

6. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE General 178. Public consultation was undertaken consistent with the ADB requirements. All the five prin ciples of information di ssemination, information sol icitation, integration, co - ordination and engagement into dialogue were incorporated in the consultation process. A framework of different environmental impacts likely from the project was strengthened and modified based on opinions of all those consulted, especially in the micro level by setting up dialogues w ith the v illage people from w hom i nformation on si te facts an d prevailing conditions were collected. 179. Stakeholder‟s consultations were held with the intent to un derstand t heir concerns, ap prehensions, ov erall op inion an d solicit recommendations t o i mprove project design. Informal meetings, interviews were organized covering the entire project stretch. The i nformal consultation generally st arted w ith explaining t he sub pro jects, followed by an explanation to potential impacts. Participant‟s views were gathered with regard to loss of agricultural land, effect on air and noise quality of the area due to traffic, water availability, accident and risk. 180. The discussions were designed to receive maximum inputs from the participants regarding their acceptability and environmental concerns arising out of the sub-project. They w ere g iven t he b rief ou tline o f t he pro ject t o which their op inion was sought. Suggestions were also sought for mitigating any potential adverse impact. Compliance with Relevant Regulatory Requirements 181. In India, public consultation is mandatory in case of Category A and B1 category projects15 in sel ect conditions. Being a category B proj ect a s pe r A DB E nvironmental Guidelines 20 03, con sultation was carried ou t during the ea rly st age of I EE report preparation. The r equirement o f pu blic con sultation du ring t he i mplementation o f the project has been proposed as part of the mitigation plan. Beneficiaries’ Comments 182. The project has immense acceptability among the local people. They perceived that i n addition t o providing al l w eather con nectivity, t he sub -project r oad will bring positive socio-economic changes in the area. Local people mainly discussed on issues related to drainage and commencement of the construction work. 183. Some of the general issues raised during the different consultation sessions can be summed up as follows. Construction C amp - Impacts from t he es tablishment an d operation of t he construction camps l ike generation and disposal of solid wastes, sewage, potable water requirements, health/hygiene, and safety is part of the contractor‟s responsibility highlighting the need for compliance with applicable laws. Waste and material use minimization will be promoted to decrease the volume of wastes that will be generated.

15 As per s chedule I of E IA not ification number S .O. 1533, dat ed 14 th September 2006. T his not ification al so def ines when a public consultation is mandatory.

The participants did not apprehend any adverse impact due to the construction camp near to their villages. They responded positively towards providing support to these, if required, in terms of any food, water requirements.

Water Logging and Drainage - Participants informed about few low lying areas where water l ogging takes pl ace du ring monsoon sea son. The v illagers requested for provision of adequate cross drainage structures at these locations.

Loss of Livelihood and Income Restoration Options - This issue was raised by those who had encroached on the proposed alignment. However, they offered the encroached space for the proposed project, if demanded.

Road S afety - Safety i ssues di d not r aised c oncern among t he i nhabitants including women.

Land Acquisition - People were in full support of the project and were ready to donate their land for the same, if required.

Losses of Idols/Shrines - Participants supported the project and were willing to shift the idols, burial grounds and other religious structures observed at certain locations.

Loss of Trees Due to Road Construction - Respondents were of the opinion that trees cu tting sho uld be av oided or else minimised. Fo r trees t o be cut compensatory pl antation should be do ne. S ome v illagers expected ad ditional plantation should be done. Recommended tree species for plantation were other local varieties.

Impacts on Health - Separate consultation sessions were organised by social team t o i dentify i ssues pertaining t o he alth specifically for sex ually transmitted diseases (STDs). Settlements along the rural roads were reported to be getting exposed t o such di seases, as there are no l ong di stance users on t he proj ect roads.

Ambient Air & N oise Quality – The r espondents viewed t hat t hese are the problems of urban areas and their villages are still untouched from this aspect. They even do no t an ticipate any of t hese problems after t he completion of t he project.

Inconvenience during C onstruction - The pa rticipants viewed t hat t hey will manage it as it will be temporary.

Employment during C onstruction - The l ocals ex pected t hat t hey sh ould be given preference in employment during project implementation.

Perceptions and E xpectations - Perceptions an d ex pectations of the community recorded during the consultation sessions can be broadly listed as:  The pu blic an d the a ffected persons ap preciated an d supported t he project with their open hearts.  Community at large appreciated overall be nefits t o them r esulting from 65

project development;  They were aware of t he increased acce ss, lesser commuting time after project implementation;

Addressal of Issues - The pro ject ha s t ried i ts be st t o address al l t he i ssues raised du ring con sultations under the con straints of suitability from engineering point of v iew. S ome of t he prov isions m ade under t he proj ect to address t he issues an d concerns of t he community are given i n Error! R eference so urce not found..

: Addressal of Issues and Concerns under the Project Issue/Concern Addressal under the project Water Logging and Adequate cross drainage structures have been planned Drainage Road Safety Adequate safely signage is planned all along the rural road. Land acquisition and The proposed RoW is 12m along the rural road. No land acquisition is Mode of compensation planned in project road. Loss of roadside Idols and shrines will be relocated to the other nearby places with idols/shrines consultation and proper rituals Compensatory afforestation would be done at the ratio of three trees for Loss of trees each tree to be cut. Excavation and back Monitor adherence to contract specifications filling Monitor proper management of excavated soil/silt including timely Erosion removal of material from project site Storage and transportation of Monitor adequacy of measures undertaken to prevent fugitive dust construction materials, excavated soil and silt Increased pollution Pollution levels are not crossing the prescribed limits of CPCB and levels planned plantation will screen the emission.

Noise and emissions Monitor „Pollution under Control‟ certificate are current for construction from vehicles construction vehicle Utilities and basic All the utilities, electric poles, telephone lines, wells, tube wells etc. to infrastructure be impacted will be relocated under the project cost. Employment of locals Locals will be given preference for employment during the project during construction implementation Monitor adequacy of health check up service provided including Health check up of attendance of the physician retained and the extent to which workers the workforce is availing this service Health and safety Monitor adherence to all occupational and safety requirements requirement

184. The i ssues r aised an d their i ncorporation i n the de sign ha s be en ex plained in Error! Reference source not found..

: Summary of Issues and Findings at Various Locations

Location Issues Participants Comments and Suggestions

Murshidabad, Peoples P erception The V illagers are in favour of the P roject as Jalpaiguri and about the Project they see a j ob opportunity and f aster Bankura Air, Water Quality transport. Noise level Air an d Water especially dr inking w ater Water Source qualities are not polluted. Health a nd Primary water s ources are hand p ump and Environment open well and these should be relocated first Road Alignment if affected. Drainage No construction activity will be taken at night Soil Conservation in village area. Accidents Affected w ater sources w ill be r elocated first and t hen t here will b e dismantling of the existing sources. The villagers required proper traffic control at the road junctions to prevent accidents. Villagers are sound in health Villagers are agreeing to provide the land but not soil. Renovation of the wood bridge. Proper mitigation to d esign the r oad f or avoiding water l odging. Identify lo w lying pockets and other basic need like undertaking canal r ehabilitation to ac hieve greater benefits ou t of s ewerage an d drainage project. Review a nd m onitor road s afety r ecords to ensure all proj ect related road accidents are being properly investigated and reported

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

6.1. Conclusions 185. The findings of Environment Assessment of sample roads indicate that impacts are mostly similar and subprojects are unlikely to cause any significant environmental impacts. While some of the impacts are negative, there are many bearing benefits to the area. Most of the impacts are likely to occur during construction stage, are temporary in nature, and can be mitigated with minor to negligible residual impacts. 186. The project received immense support from local people as they perceive that this project will improve the overall connectivity and bring various economic opportunities to the people of the area 187. All sample roads included under RCIP were selected based on ecological and climate change consideration defined under EARF. Accordingly, none of the sample roads passes through protected areas or encroaches precious ecology (sensitive or protected areas) or any historical or archeologically protected areas. As per selection guidelines, none of the selected sample road passes through reserved forests either. Few trees cutting though may be involved. 188. None of the rural road crosses any natural stream except three roads (T07 at Lal school to Brazer kuthi, T05 at Bikas Nagar to Rajfapri and Panchthupi to Molla (Mahadebati), which runs close to River. However, none of these roads is prone to flood. Few of the roads portions get inundated near water stagnated area during rainy season. 189. All the sample roads are aligned with existing village roads and unpaved movement paths. As such, land acquisition is nil or very minimal which is also acquired through donations from villagers. 190. Considering insignificant environmental sensitivity, the project is categorised as category B as per ADB Safeguard Policy Statement 09. 191. No categorisation is made under environmental legislation of India, since these small roads do not require any environmental clearance in accordance to Indian Environmental (Protection) Act and Rules, 1986 amended till date. However, clearance from Forest Department will be required for cutting of trees. 192. The impacts identified are mostly related to alignment selection, land clearing, borrowing earth, cutting of trees, shifting of utilities and community structures, establishment of construction camp or material storage areas, transportation of material and operation of hot mix plant. All identified impacts are either eliminated or minimised through design consideration and suitable mitigative measures. 193. Environmental Management plan covering all stages of road construction (design, construction and operation) is prepared with defined responsibility for its implementation. Environmental Monitoring plan is also prepared to ensure effective implementation of EMPs. 194. NRRDA/SRRDA has defined institutional setup including with specified responsibility for environmental management. Existing capacity of the State Rural Roads Development Agencies (SRRDAs) and Project Implementation Units (PIUs) for implementing environmental safeguard issues need substantial strengthening. The capacity enhancement is proposed through focused workshops and training session.

Few workshops have already been conducted at participating states through ADB appointed Environmental specialist. Trained and experienced in-house officials should carry out more raining in future periodically. 195. The IEE also indicate that rural road construction works does not warrant further EIA study for subsequent rural road construction works in West Bengal. 6.2. Key Recommendations: 196. Any major changes or any major additional work other than the proposed project activities will require updation of ECOP and IEE. The updated ECOPs and IEE will have to be submitted to NRRDA, and ADB for concurrence before civil works commence. 197. The implementation of prescribed mitigation measures will minimize/avoid the adverse impacts. Moreover, the impacts shall be monitored continually by implementing and updating the Environmental Management plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan. 198. These IEE is prepared based on ECOPs and feasibility stage. Subproject specific EMP shall be improved as per the final provisions made under DPRs. The updated EMP if there is any change, shall also be sent to ADB for information. 199. Executing agency shall ensure that updated road specific EMP forms part of DPR and is available to contractor at the time of bidding. . The contractor will specify the quantity and budget for various activities like rehabilitation of borrow earth pits, first aid and sanitation facilities at construction camp and temporary office/material storage place as per EMP requirements. The same shall be revised if there is any change in the project design. Any such change shall be reported to ADB as well.

Appendix 2.1: Details of Roads in West Bengal

Road Connecting S.No. Road name length Block Distt. Villages(Start/End) Keotsah Bazar (Buruz More) To Jasaikathi Haiderpara (Idgah) Via North 24 1) Atlia 5.599 Baduria Parganas Atlia to Jasaikathi Old Bangaon East to North 24 Old Bangaon Pauri 2) Pratapnagar 2.413 Bangaon Parganas Para to Pratap nagar

T 07 at Lal School to Dakhin Parokatha 3) Brazer Kuthi 6.350 Alipurduar-II Jalpaiguri Brazer kuthi Ranicherra Tea Garden To Paschim 4) Damdim 3.680 Mal Jalpaiguri Bedbabri to Damdim T05 at Bikash Nagar Kolachand Papri to 5) To Rajfapri 4.819 Rajganj Jalpaiguri BSF camp T-14 at Sarkarpara To Sorkarpara to 6) Munsipara 7.828 Sadar Jalpaiguri Munshipara

Kapasdanga Bridge to 7) Kapasdanga Jitpur 1.476 Beldanga – I Murshidabad Kapasdanga Charpaikamari to Janokibuf to 8) Chardebipur 3.265 Bhagawangola Murshidabad Kantinogor Panchthupi To Molla Panchthupi to 9) (Mahadebbati) 8.014 Kandi Murshidabad Bhandira Puthia to Jat Bishwanath Raghunathganj Mathpara colony to 10) (Chandpur) 1.230 II Murshidabad Katakholi Bottola Puthia to Raghunathgang Borjumla no.7 to 11) Ramchandrapur 2.610 II Murshidabad Ilimpur

12) Joypur to Gelia 11.843 Joypur Bankura Joypur to Tanadighi T 10 Dhengram to 13) Bihanpur 10.114 Raipur Bankura Dhengram to Dundara 14) Goborda to Satpatta 13.028 Raipur Bankura Panchama to Satpatta Total 82.270

Note: The road length in certain cased have changed during DPR preparation stage compared to ECOPs preparation stages. PIU concerned will update the ECOPs while updating EMPs as per DPR before attaching it alongwith DPR.

Appendix 2.2: Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist

Roads and Highways

Instructions:

(i) The project team completes this checklist to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form and submitted to the Environment and Safeguards Division (RSES), for endorsement by Director, RSES and for approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(ii) This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB's (a) checklists on involuntary resettlement and Indigenous Peoples; (b) poverty reduction handbook; (c) staff guide to consultation and participation; and (d) gender checklists.

(iii) Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

India/TA-7237 (IND): Rural Roads Sector III Project –West Bengal State Country/Project Title: Sample Roads ( List of sample roads included at Table 1)

Sector Division: Transport Sector 8.

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS A. PROJECT SITING

IS THE PROJECT AREA ADJACENT TO OR WITHIN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREAS? . CULTURAL HERITAGE SITE None of the road is located adjacent 1. 2.or within any archaeologically protected monument or culturally important structures. In cases of few roads, some religious structures like temples are located close to the roads. No protected area is located in the . PROTECTED AREA project area.

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS No protected or classified wet land is 3. 4.located close to any roads. Few . WETLAND village ponds are located practically close to all roads.

. MANGROVE None of the roads is located in 5. 6.coastal areas. . ESTUARINE No Estuarine is located in the project 7. 8. area. . BUFFER ZONE OF PROTECTED AREA No such area is located in the project 9. 10.vicinity . . SPECIAL AREA FOR PROTECTING No such area is located in the project BIODIVERSITY 11. 12.vicinity .

B. POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

WILL THE PROJECT CAUSE… No encroachment on historical or

Encroachment on historical/cultural areas; cultural areas is expected in either of disfiguration of landscape by road embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries? the roads. The topography of project roads is primarily flat. Project activity involves up-gradation of unpaved village road to paved road. The roads are aligned as per the existing unpaved road alignment. The embankment height is low. The aggregate will be sourced only from existing quarries. Borrow earth will be borrowed from barren land or authorised places with provision of borrow area rehabilitation.

None of the roads passes through or

Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. sensitive close to any protected areas ( wild life or protected areas)? sanctuaries, or national park or other ecologically important sites). Only cutting of few trees is involved. Attempts have been made to minimising the cutting of trees while finalising the road alignments.

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS There are certain roads crossing Alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways small river or running close to river ( crossed by roads, resulting in increased sediment small tributaries) (T07 at Lal school in streams affected by increased soil erosion at to Brazer kuthi, T05 at Bikas Nagar to construction site? Rajfapri and Panchthupi to Molla (Mahadebati). Certain project roads are also crossing local and seasonal drains. Village ponds are also located close to few roads. No alteration in surface water hydrology is expected. Adequate provisions are proposed for bank stabilisation and prevention of silt runoff to avoid sedimentation in these water bodies during construction and operation phases.

None of the construction camps are Deterioration of surface water quality due to silt proposed close to any water body. No runoff and sanitary wastes from worker-based harmful chemical are likely to be used camps and chemicals used in construction? for road construction. Septic tank is proposed for sewage disposal at each construction camp. Adequate provision is proposed for prevention of silt runoff during construction.

Localised air pollution is expected. Increased local air pollution due to rock crushing, 13. 14.Dust separation measures like cutting and filling works, and chemicals from spraying of water on unpaved asphalt processing? haulage routes are proposed to minimise the dust generation. Asphalt mixing plant will be located away from habitat area with adequate stack height for emission dispersion. Workers may get exposed to dust Risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational 15. 16. and noise during construction health and safety due to physical, chemical, activities. However, the exposure biological, and radiological hazards during project levels are likely to be short and construction and operation during project insignificant. Workers will be provided construction and operation? requisite PPEs to minimise such exposure and associated harmful occupational health effects.

Traffic on these rural roads is expected to be low and as such, no occupational health hazard is anticipated during operation phase. No blasting is involved. No significant Noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil 17. 18.noise generation is expected during works? construction activities except normal construction equipment operational noise. These noise level will be impulsive in nature and it impact will be confined within few meters of either side road.

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS No involuntary resettlement of people Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people 19. 20.is involved.

No displacement of people is Dislocation and compulsory resettlement of people involved. living in right-of-way?

No such impact is anticipated. . Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and 21. 22. children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable groups?

None. Villagers are very supportive Other social concerns relating to inconveniences in for the construction of these roads, as living conditions in the project areas that may 23. 24.they believe that these roads will trigger cases of upper respiratory problems and provide them better connectivity and stress? will contribute in poverty alleviation.

None. Measures will be taken to avoid Hazardous driving conditions where construction 25. 26.any hazardous driving condition. interferes with pre-existing roads?

Provision is made for the disposal of Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in 27. 28.sewage through septic tanks and construction camps and work sites, and possible solid waste through composting or transmission of communicable diseases from controlled land burial, is planned. As workers to local populations? such, camp size will be small ( about 50 workers) and no such transmission of diseases is expected. Periodic health check-up may be organised to this. Awareness will be created amongst the workers about hygiene and health protection. Due water logging due flood or poor Creation of temporary breeding habitats for 29. 30.drainage such situation may develop. mosquito vectors of disease? However adequate provision of cross drainage structure and drainage improvements such situation is expected to be minimal. Being rural road, traffic volume is Accident risks associated with increased vehicular expected low and probability of traffic, leading to accidental spills of toxic materials 31. 32.accident is minimal. Adequate traffic and loss of life? management measures will be taken to prevent hazardous traffic conditions during construction phase. Adequate signage, speed control measures will be taken close to sensitive locations such as schools, temple or hospitals. 5

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS Increased noise and air pollution resulting from Air and noise pollution may increase traffic volume? 33. 34.during construction phase. But the same is likely to be confined within few meters of either side of the road. Dust separation measures such as spraying of water and distribution of PPE to workers will be adopted.

Impulsive but intermittent noise level increase may occur during operation phase.

Air pollution level rather will reduced on paved road compared to unpaved road conditions. Increased risk of water pollution from oil, grease This possibility is minimal but can not and fuel spills, and other materials from vehicles 35. 36.be ruled out. Adequate signage and using the road? crash barriers near water body will be proposed to prevent any such incident. Most of the workers will be hired Social conflicts if workers from other regions or 37. 38. locally. countries are hired?

Most of the workers will be hired Large population influx during project construction 39. 40. locally. Since average road length is 5 and operation that causes increased burden on to 6 Km. No of construction camp per social infrastructure and services (such as water road is expected to be one with only supply and sanitation systems)? 30-40 workers. This is unlikely to cause any significant burden on social infrastructure and services. The construction material ( aggregate Risks to community health and safety due to the 41. 42. from approved quarries, borrow earth, transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of Bitumen ) will be sourced from nearby materials such as explosives, fuel and other sources/approved sources. No chemicals during construction and operation? explosive or chemicals are likely to be used. Bitumen waste if any generated during construction will either recycled or disposed off in controlled manner. No such impacts are anticipated. Safe Community safety risks due to both accidental and 43. access is provided to all villagers natural causes, especially where the structural using the road. Adequate signage as elements or components of the project are well guide are posted at work place accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning.

The Project is categorized as B.

Appendix 2.3: Rural Roads: Environmental Checklist

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:

Block Name:

District Name:

Total Length of the Road:

A. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: Low: Humidity High: Low: Rainfall mm/year Rainy Season to

B. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) Altitude:

(Explain the topography of the area and how many km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.)

5. Wildlife Name of animals: (Explain whether there are any wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any): 6. Inhabited Area

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 7. Agricultural Land

8. Grazing grounds

9. Barren Land

C. Specific description of the Road Environment

(If yes, indicate the location (right or left side) and the (√) No Secondary Information is available and chainage) Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any lakes/swamps beside the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any nallas/streams/rivers etc. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water stagnation and other drainage issues on or near

the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project road prone to flooding?

(If yes, mention flood level and ( ) No Secondary Information is available and frequency) Local Community is not aware of this matter 6. Are there any trees with a dbh of 30 cm or more within 10 m on either side from the centre line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list of trees indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage)

No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation 7. Along the road and within 100m of the road shoulder, are there any faunal habitat areas, faunal breeding

ground, bird migration area, (√ ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

(If yes, specify details of habitat with chainage) 8. Along the road and within 100m of the road shoulder is there any evidence of floral and faunal species that are classified as endangered species? (√ ) No Secondary Information Available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 9. Are there any utility structures16 within 10 m on either side from the If yes, attach list with chainage)

10. Are there any religious, cultural or community structures/buildings17 within 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

D. Public Consultation No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 1. Consultation with local community was conducted before finalizing the alignment.

(Attach list of people met and dates) 2. Any suggestion received in finalizing the alignment 3. If suggestions received, were they incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

16 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar strucutures. 17 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, publ ic toilet and other similar structures. 9

1) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

2) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

3) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

4) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Appendix 2.4: ECOPs of Sample Roads in West Bengal

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Keotsah Bazar (Buruz More) To Jasaikathi Haiderpara (Idgah) Via Atlia

Block Name:Baduria

District Name:North 24 Parganas

Total Length of the Road: 5.599 km

D. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 41°C Low: 10°C Humidity High: 90% in July

Low: 50% in March Rainfall 1,579mmmm/year Rainy Season June to mid September N.S. – Not Specified

E. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many km of the road are located flat at almost all locations. in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) No part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated √ between Ch. 3.6 to 3.7,1.8,1.5,2.7,2.9,3.1,3.2,3.9, on the both side,1.5,5.3 on the Left hand Side 11

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem and 1.9,2.3,2.4,3.8,4.0,4.5,4.7,5.0, on the Right hand side of the road.

7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand No part of the study area consisted of √ barren land.

F. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people) No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation 1. Are there any areas with No part of the project road lies in hilly landslide or erosion √ terrain prone to landslide or erosion. problems along the road? However, sufficient cross drainage structures will be constructed to avoid (If yes, indicate the location any erosion. (right or left side) and the chainage)

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There are many Ponds beside the road lakes/swamps beside the at Ch. 1.4,1.6,3.5 on the both side,3.4 road? on the right hand side and 1.4,1.7,2.5,3.3,4.0, on the Left hand (If yes, list them indicating the side. location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There is a Canal crossing at Ch. 3.0 and nallas/streams/rivers etc. 4 Nalla crossing at Ch. 4.1,4.6,4.8,5.5. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problems stagnation and other near the road at Ch.1.3,2.1,2.4 to 2.6,3.2 drainage issues on or near to 3.4,4.0,4.3,4.4,5.1,5.3,5.5 to 5.6 the road? However, this phenomenon is temperoaray and seen post rainy (If yes, mention chainage) season.

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 5. Is the area along the project No part of the Project road is prone to road prone to flooding? √ flooding.

(If yes, mention flood level and frequency) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list of trees indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 7. Along the road and within No faunal habitat, breeding ground etc. 100m of the road shoulder, √ is found within 100 m of the road are there any faunal habitat shoulder. areas, faunal breeding ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

(If yes, specify details of habitat with chainage) 8. Along the road and within No rare, endangered or threatened 100m of the road shoulder √ species were found within 100 m of the is there any evidence of road shoulder. floral and faunal species that are classified as endangered species? ( ) No Secondary Information Available and Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures18 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings19 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

D. Public Consultation No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 1. Consultation with local community The proposed alignment has been was conducted before finalizing the √ finalized after taking suggestions alignment. from the local community. This was confirmed by the villagers (Attach list of people met and dates) during the transect walk as shown in Attachment IV.

18 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 19 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures. 13

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 2. Any suggestion received - in finalizing the alignment √ 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

5) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

6) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

7) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

8) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

9) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.1 2 - 0.4 1 3 0.6 2 - 0.8 - 1 1.3 4 - 1.4 3 2 1.6 - 5 1.7 3 6 1.8 3 4 1.9 - 2 2.1 - 2 2.7 2 3 2.8 3 - 3.3 - 8 3.4 - 3 3.5 - 5 3.6 3 - 3.7 - 9 3.8 4 2 3.9 2 - 4.0 3 8 4.1 4 4 4.5 - 2 4.6 - 5 4.7 - 8 4.9 - 4 5.2 - 2 5.3 1 3 5.6 3 - Total 43 91

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.4 - Electric Pole 0.5 Electric Pole - 0.7 Electric Pole - 0.8 Electric Pole - 1.0 - 2 Electric Pole 1.2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 1.3 Electric Pole Hand Pump 2 Electric Pole, 3 Electric Pole, 1.4 Pond Pond 1.5 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole, Hand 1.6 Pond Pump, Pond 1.7 - 2 Electric Pole 1.8 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 1.9 - Electric Pole 2.0 Electric Pole - 2.1 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.2 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 2.3 - 2 Electric Pole 2.4 Hand Pump - 2.5 Pond - 2 Electric Pole, 2.6 - Hand Pump 2.7 Electric Pole - 2.8 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 2.9 Electric Pole - Electric Pole, Hand 3.1 Electric Pole Pump 3.2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 3.3 Pond - 3.4 - Pond 3.5 Electric Pole, Pond Electric Pole, Pond 3.6 - Electric Pole 3.7 Hand Pump - 3.8 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 3.9 Electric Pole - 4.0 Pond -

4.1 - Hand Pump 4.2 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 4.6 Electric Pole - 4.7 Electric Pole - 4.8 Electric Pole Electric Pole 4.9 2 Electric Pole - 5.0 - 2 Electric Pole

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 4.1 - School 17

Attachment IV

Left Right 8 to 6 to 8 to 10m 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 10m A.L, 2 Trees 0.1 A.L A.L 0.2 A.L A.L 0.3 A.L A.L 1 Tree 0.4 3 Trees,EP A.L A.L EP 0.5 A.L A.L 2 Trees 0.6 A.L A.L EP 0.7 A.L A.L EP 0.8 1 Tree A.L A.L 0.9 A.L A.L 1 2 EP A.L A.L 1.1 A.L A.L EP 1.2 EP A.L HP 2 EP,4 Trees LL Area 1.3 LL Area EP 3 EP,2 Pond 2 EP,3 Trees 1.4 Trees Pond Habitation 2 EP 1.5 2 EP Habitation Pond 1.6 EP,HP,5 Trees Pond 3 Trees 1.7 6 Trees 2 EP Habitation,2 EP,3 Trees 1.8 4 Trees,EP Habitation Habitation,2 1.9 Trees,EP A.L,2 EP 2 A.L LL Area, EP,2 A.L, EP LL Area 2.1 Trees A.L A.L., 2 EP 2.2 2 EP A.L A.L 2.3 Habitation,2 EP

A.L,HP LL Area 2.4 Habitation A.L. Pond 2.5 LL Area A.L LL Area 2.6 LL Area 2 EP,HP A.L EP Habitation,2 Trees 2.7 Habitation,3 Trees 3 Trees A.L,2 EP 2.8 2 EP A.L Habitation,EP 2.9 Habitation Canal Canal crossing 3 Crossing Habitation,EP 3.1 LL Area Habitation,EP,HP Habitation,EP LL Area 3.2 2 EP,Habitation Pond 3.3 LL Area 8 Trees LL Area 3.4 3 Trees Pond Pond EP 3.5 EP,5 Trees Pond Habitation,3 Trees 3.6 EP Habitation Habitation,HP 3.7 Habitation, 9 Trees Habitation,2 A.L 2 EP,4 Trees 3.8 Trees,2 EP Habitation,2 Trees,EP 3.9 Habitation

Pond 3 Trees 4 LL Area 8 Trees,Habitation Nalla Nalla HP ,School,4 4 Trees crosssing 4.1 crosssing Trees 2 EP,A.L 4.2 EP A.L A.L LL Area 4.3 A.L LL Area 4.4 LL Area A.L 4.5 Habitation,2 Trees Nalla Nalla A.L,EP crosssing 4.6 crosssing 5 Trees EP,A.L 4.7 Habitation,8 Trees Nalla Nalla A.L,EP crosssing 4.8 crosssing A.L,EP A.L,2 EP 4.9 A.L, 4 Trees 19

A.L 5 2 EP,Habitation A.L LL Area 5.1 LL Area A.L A.L 5.2 2 Trees A.L Habitation, 1 Tree LL Area 5.3 A.L, 3 Trees A.L 5.4 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L crosssing 5.5 crosssing A.L A.L,3 Trees LL Area 5.6 A.L

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

Bridge on the road alignment Hand pump close to the Road Alignment

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:T 07 at LalSchool to Brazer Kuthi

Block Name:Alipurduar-II

District Name:Jalpaiguri

Total Length of the Road: 6.350 km

G. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 37.0 degree celcius Low: 6.0 degree celcius Humidity High: 90% Low: 71% Rainfall 3736 mmmm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

H. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many flat at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) There is no any part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated at √ Ch. 0.3,0.9,1.3,1.7.3.8,4.2 on the both side,0.4,2.0,2.7,3.0 on the RHS and 1.6,3.4,3.94.0,5.5,5.6 on the Left Hand Side of the road. 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand No part of the study area consisted of √ barren land.

I. Specific description of the Road Environment

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any There are many Ponds beside the road lakes/swamps beside the at Ch. 0.9 on the Both road? Side,1.5,2.9,3.9,4.1 on the LHS and √ 0.1,1.4,2.3 on the Right hand side of the (If yes, list them indicating the road. location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any There is a river ( tribuatory) along the nallas/streams/rivers etc. road at ch.0.4 to 0.5 on the LHS of the along/crossing the road? road. √ (If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water There are water stagnation problems stagnation and other near the road at Ch. 2.5 and 2.6. drainage issues on or near However, this phenomenon is the road? temperoaray and seen post rainy √ season. (If yes, mention chainage) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 5. Is the area along the project No part of road is prone to flood. road prone to flooding? √

(If yes, mention flood level and ( ) No Secondary Information is available and frequency) Local Community is not aware of this matter 23

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures20 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings21 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

20 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 21 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures.

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

10) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

11) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

12) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

13) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

14) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.1 - 3 0.2 2 - 0.3 2 - 1.1 - 1 1.2 3 - 1.4 2 - 1.7 2 3 1.8 3 - 2.7 - 1 2.9 4 10 3.0 - 6 3.1 - 1 3.4 1 - 3.5 2 - 3.8 1 - 3.9 3 2 4.2 2 2 4.5 2 - 5.2 3 - 5.5 2 - 5.7 9 2 Total 43 31

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 Electric Pole Electric Pole,Pond 0.2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.3 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 0.4 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.5 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 0.6 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 0.7 3 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 0.8 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole

2 Electric 3 Electric 0.9 Pole,Pond Pole,Pond 1.0 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 1.1 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 1.2 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 1.3 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 1.4 - Pond 1.5 Pond - 1.6 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2 Electric 1.7 1 Electric Pole Pole,Hand Pump 1.8 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 1.9 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.0 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.1 3 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.3 Electric Pole Electric Pole,Pond 2.4 - 2 Electric Pole 2.5 Electric Pole - 2.7 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.8 2 Electric Pole - 2.9 Electric Pole,Pond Electric Pole Hand 3.9 - Pump,Pond 4.0 - Pond 4.1 Pond - 5.5 3 Electric Pole -

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 3.9 School - 5.6 School - 27

Attachment IV

LHS RHS 8 to 6 to 4 to 0 to 6 to 8 to 10m 8m 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 8m 10m A.L,EP 0.1 A.L,EP 3 Trees Pond 2 Trees,EP,A.L 0.2 EP A.L Habitation,EP,2 Trees 0.3 2 EP Habitation, River ( tribuatroy) ,EP 0.4 EP Habitation A.L River (tribuatory) ,2 EP 0.5 2 EP A.L 2 EP,A.L 0.6 2 EP A.L A.L,3 EP 0.7 2 EP A.L 2 EP,A.L 0.8 1 EP A.L Settlement,2 EP,Pond 0.9 3 EP Habitation Pond A.L,2 EP 1 1 EP A.L 2 EP,A.L 1.1 1 EP,1 Tree A.L 2 EP,3 Trees,A.L 1.2 2 EP A.L Habitation,1 EP 1.3 2 EP Habitation A.L,2 Trees 1.4 Pond A.L,Pond 1.5 A.L 1 EP,Habitation 1.6 EP A.L Habitation,HP,2 EP,2 Trees 1.7 3 Trees,1 EP Habitation 3 Trees,2 EP,A.L 1.8 1 EP A.L 2 EP,A.L 1.9 1 EP A.L 1 EP,A.L 2 Habitation,1 EP A.L A.L,3 EP 2.1 EP A.L A.L,1 EP 2.2 1 EP A.L 1 EP 2.3 1 EP Pond A.L 2.4 2 EP A.L Water Logging,EP 2.5 Marshy Land A.L Water Logging 2.6 Water Logging

Habitation,A.L,1 EP,1 1 EP,A.L 2.7 Tree A.L,2 EP 2.8 A.L 4 Trees,EP,Village,Pond 2.9 Habitation,10 Trees,1 EP Habitation,A.L,Pond,6 A.L 3 Trees A.L 3.1 A.L,1 Tree A.L 3.2 A.L A.L 3.3 A.L A.L,1 Tree, Habitation 3.4 A.L 2 Trees,A.L 3.5 A.L A.L 3.6 A.L A.L 3.7 A.L A.L, A.L,Habitation,1 Tree 3.8 Habitation Habitation,School,HP,Pond,3 Trees 3.9 2 Trees Habitation 4 Pond Pond 4.1 A.L A.L, Habitation,A.L,2 Trees 4.2 Habitation,2 Trees A.L 4.3 A.L A.L 4.4 A.L A.L,2 Trees 4.5 A.L A.L 4.6 A.L A.L, A.L,Bamboo Cultivation 4.7 Bamboo Cultivation Bamboo Cultivation 4.8 Bamboo Cultivation Bamboo,Cultivation 4.9 Bamboo Cultivation LL Area 5 A.L Bamboo Cultivation 5.1 A.L 3 Trees,Bamboo cultivation 5.2 A.L Bamboo cultivation 5.3 A.L Bamboo Cultivation, 5.4 A.L 29

Habitation Habitation,1 EP,2 Trees,1 EP 5.5 A.L Habitation,School, Bamboo Cultivation 5.6 A.L 9 Trees 5.7 A.L,2 Trees A.L 5.8 A.L A.L 5.9 A.L A.L 6 A.L A.L 6.1 A.L A.L 6.2 A.L A.L 6.3 A.L A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

Village Pond near the road Alignment Road bridge (culvert)

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Old Bangaon East to Pratapnagar

Block Name:Bangaon

District Name:North 24 Parganas

Total Length of the Road: 2.413 km

J. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 41°C Low: 10°C Humidity High: 90% in July

Low: 50% Rainfall 1,579mm mm/year Rainy Season June to Mid September N.S. – Not Specified

K. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many flat at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) No part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated √ between Ch. 0.1 to 0.5 ,1.2 on the right hand side, 0.2 ,1.6,2.3 on the left hand side and 1.7,2.4 on the both side of the road.

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand √ Some Patches of barren lands were found at Ch. 1.9 on the left hand side and 2.3 on the right hand side of the road.

L. Specific description of the Road Environment

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There is a Pond at Ch. 2.2 on the left lakes/swamps beside the hand side of the road. road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There is a Canal Crossing at Ch. 1.8. nallas/streams/rivers etc. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problem stagnation and other near the road between Ch. 0.2 to 1.2 drainage issues on or near ,1.6, 1.9 and 2.1. the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project √ No part of the Project road is prone to road prone to flooding? flooding.

(If yes, mention flood level and frequency) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 33

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures22 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, √ There are no religious, Cultural or cultural or community community structures/buildings within structures/buildings23 within 10 m on either side from the centre line 10 m on either side from the of the road alignment. center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

22 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 23 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures.

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

15) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

16) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

17) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

18) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

19) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.4 - 4 0.9 - 1 1.0 1 1 1.1 - 1 1.2 4 5 1.3 10 - 1.5 - 5 2.2 4 - 2.3 - 10 2.4 14 12 Total 33 39

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 2 Electric Pole, Electric Pole, Hand 0.1 Hand Pump Pump 0.2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.3 Electric Pole Hand Pump Hand Pump, 0.4 2 Hand Pump Electric Pole 1.1 - Electric Pole 1.2 - 2 Hand Pump 1.3 Electric Pole - Hand Pump, 1.5 - Electric Pole Electric Pole, Hand 1.6 - Pump 1.7 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.1 Electric Pole - 2.2 Pond - 2.3 2 Electric Pole - 2.4 - Electric Pole

Attachment III

Left Right 8 to 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 10m canal 2 EP, HP 0.1 EP,HP Habitation Habitation,EP LL area 0.2 EP,Habitation EP LL area 0.3 HP,Habitation LL area 2 HP 0.4 HP,EP,Habitation,4 Trees LL area 0.5 Habitation LL area 0.6 A.L LL area 0.7 A.L LL area 0.8 A.L LL area 0.9 A.L,1 Tree 1 Tree LL area 1 A.L,1 Tree LL area 1.1 EP, 1 Tree,A.L 4 Trees LL area 1.2 5 Trees Habitation,2 HP Habitation,EP, 10 Trees 1.3 Habitation Habitation 1.4 Habitation Habitation 1.5 HP,EP,5 Trees Habitation Habitation LL area 1.6 A.L,HP,EP Habitation EP 1.7 Habitation,EP Canal Canal crossing 1.8 crossing O.L 1.9 LL area A.L 2 A.L EP 2.1 LL area Pond 4 Trees 2.2 A.L Habitation,2 EP 2.3 O.L 10 Trees Habitation,14 2.4 Habitation,EP,12 37

Trees Trees A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Section of the Road near settlement Section of the Road Alignment

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Kapasdanga Bridge to Kapasdanga Jitpur

Block Name:Beldanga – I

District Name:Murshidabad

Total Length of the Road: 1.476 km

M. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 38.6° Low: 7.8° Humidity High: 93% Low: 42% Rainfall 1593.10 mm/year Rainy Season June to september N.S. – Not Specified

N. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many flat at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) No part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated √ Between Ch. 0.1 to 0.5,0.7,1.0,1.3 on the both side,0.6,1.2 on the RHS and 0.8,0.9,1.1,1.4 on the LHS of the road. 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand (open land ) √ Open Land are found at Ch. 0.3,0.7 on the RHS and 1.1 on the LHS of the road.

O. Specific description of the Road Environment

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There are 3 Ponds beside the road at lakes/swamps beside the Ch. 0.4 On the Left hand Side and road? 0.9,1.0 on the RHS.

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any There are no Nallas/streams/rivers nallas/streams/rivers etc. √ Crossing the road. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water There are no water stagnation problem stagnation and other √ or any other drainage issues near the drainage issues on or near road. the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project No part of the project road is prone to road prone to flooding? √ flooding.

(If yes attach list of trees indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 41

7. Along the road and within No faunal habitat, breeding ground etc. 100m of the road shoulder, √ is found within 100 m of the road are there any faunal habitat shoulder. areas, faunal breeding ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures24 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings25 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

E. Please attach the following:

20) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

24 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 25 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures.

21) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

22) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

23) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

24) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.1 2 - 0.2 3 - 0.3 1 2 0.4 5 - 0.6 9 - 0.7 3 2 0.8 1 - 0.9 3 - 1.1 1 2 1.2 10 2 1.3 1 1 1.4 3 2 1.5 4 - Total 46 11

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 2 Electric Pole 0.2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.3 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.4 Electric Pole,Pond 2 Electric Pole 0.5 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 0.6 - Hand Pump 0.7 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.8 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.9 2 Electric Pole Pond 1.0 Electric Pole Electric Pole,Pond 1.1 - School,2 EP 1.2 Electric Pole - 1.4 - Eadgah 1.5 - Electric Pole

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 0.3 - School 0.5 Mosque - 0.9 Mosque - 1.1 - School 1.4 - Eadgah 45

Attachment IV

LHS RHS 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 8 to 10m Habitation,2 Trees 0.1 Habitation,2 EP Habitation,3 Trees,1 EP 0.2 Habitation,1 EP Habitation,1 EP School, 2 Trees, Habitation,1 Tree,1 EP 0.3 O.L. Pond, Habitation 1EP,5 Trees 0.4 Habitation,2 EP Habitation, 9 Trees, Mosque 2 EP 0.5 Habitation, 1 EP Habitation, 9 Trees 0.6 2 EP HP Habitation, 3 Trees Habitation,2 Trees, 1EP 0.7 1 EP, O.L. Habitation 1 Tree,EP 0.8 EP Habitation, Mosque, 2 EP,3 Trees 0.9 Pond Habitation 1EP 1 Pond,1 EP Habitation School,2 EP, 2 Habitation,1 Tree O.L 1.1 Trees 1 EP 10 Trees 1.2 Habitation, 2 Trees Habitation, 1 Tree 1.3 1 Tree Habitation Habitation, 3 Trees 1.4 2 Trees Eadgah A.L, 4 Trees 1.5 A.L,1 EP A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

Habitation near the road section with in 10 Well close to the Road Alignment (Ch.3.8 km) meter right away

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Charpaikamari to Chardebipur

Block Name:Bhagawangola

District Name:Murshidabad

Total Length of the Road: 3.265 km

P. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 38.6 °CLow: 7.8 °C Humidity High: 93%Low: 42% Rainfall 1,593.10 mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

Q. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many flat at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) No part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated at √ Ch. 2.3,2.7,2.8 on the left hand side and between Ch. 2.9 to 3.2,0.1,1.7 on the both side of the road. 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand No part of the study area consisted of √ barren land.

R. Specific description of the Road Environment

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There is a Pond at Ch. 0.7 on the left lakes/swamps beside the hand side of the road. road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There are Nalla crossing at Ch. nallas/streams/rivers etc. 0.8,2.0,2.9. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problems stagnation and other near the road at Ch. 0.2,0.6,0.9,2.8,3.3. drainage issues on or near However, this phenomenon is the road? temperoaray and seen post rainy season. (If yes, mention chainage) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 5. Is the area along the project √ No part of the Project road is prone to road prone to flooding? flooding.

(If yes, mention flood level and frequency) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 49

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures26 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings27 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

26 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 27 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures.

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

25) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

26) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

27) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

28) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

29) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.1 2 - 0.3 3 2 0.4 6 6 0.6 1 3 0.7 3 3 1.2 1 1 1.3 3 2 1.4 3 2 1.5 3 - 1.6 4 1 1.7 - 6 1.8 3 6 2.4 - 1 2.5 2 2 2.7 4 4 2.8 3 - 2.9 3 - 3.0 6 - 3.1 7 2 3.2 3 5 Total 60 46

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 Electric Pole - 0.2 - Electric Pole 0.3 3 Electric Pole - 0.4 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.5 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 0.6 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.7 Electric Pole,Pond Electric Pole 1.7 - Electric Pole 2.6 2 Electric Pole -

2.7 3 Electric Pole - 2.8 Electric Pole Hand Pump 2.9 Hand Pump - 3.0 Electric Pole - 3.1 Electric Pole - 3.2 2 Electric Pole -

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 2.8 - School 53

Attachment IV

Left Right 8 to 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 10m 1 EP, Settlement 2- Trees 0.1 Settlement LL area 0.2 1 EP 3 Trees 3 EP 0.3 2 Trees 6 Trees, 1EP 0.4 1 EP 6 Trees 1 EP 0.5 2 EP 1 EP,1 Tree LL area 0.6 3 Trees 1 EP 1 EP, 1 EP, Pond 3 Trees 0.7 3 Trees Nalla Nalla Crossing 0.8 Crossing A.L A.L 0.9 LL area A.L A.L 1 A.L A.L 1.1 A.L A.L 1 Tree 1.2 1 Tree A.L A.L 3 Trees 1.3 2 Trees A.L A.L 3 Trees 1.4 2 Trees A.L A.L 3 Trees 1.5 A.L A.L 4 Trees 1.6 A.L 1 Tree Settlement, Settlement 1.7 1 EP 6 Trees A.L 3 Trees 1.8 6 Trees A.L, A.L 1.9 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 2 Crossing A.L

A.L 2.1 A.L A.L 2.2 A.L Settlement 2.3 A.L A.L 2.4 1 Tree A.L A.L 2 Trees 2.5 2 Trees A.L A.L 2 EP 2.6 A.L Settlement 4 Trees 3 EP 2.7 4 Trees A.L Settlement 3 Trees,EP 2.8 LL area HP School Nalla Nalla Settlement 3 Trees,HP Crossing 2.9 Crossing Settlement Settlement 6 Trees,EP 3 Settlement 2 Trees Settlement 7 Trees,EP 3.1 Settlement 3 Trees, 5 Trees Settlement 2 EP 3.2 Settlement A.L LL area 3.3 A.L A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment showing plain topography (Ch. 0.9 km)

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Joypur to Gelia

Block Name:Joypur

District Name:Bankura

Total Length of the Road: 11.843 km

S. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 45 °C Low: 27 °C Humidity High: 95% Low: 67% Rainfall 1,400 mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

T. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many flat at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) No part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated √ between Ch. 0.9 to 1.2,5.6 to 5.7,0.1,0.6,2.3,3.9,7.7,8.5,8.8 on the both side, 7.8 to 8.0,6.6 to 6.7,0.7,1.3,2.4,7.0,8.3,8.7,8.9 on the left hand side and 1.5 to 1.6,7.2 to 7.3,4.2 to 4.3,1.8,4.6,5.0,5.8,7.5,8.6,9.7 on the right hand side of the road. 57

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand √ Patches of open lands were found at Ch. 0.3,0.9,2.6,4.0 on the left hand side and 0.2,1.9,4.8,7.4,10.2,10.5 on the right hand side of the road.

U. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people) No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation 1. Are there any areas with No part of the project road lies in hilly terrain landslide or erosion √ prone to landslide or erosion. However, problems along the road? sufficient cross drainage structures will be constructed to avoid any erosion. (If yes, indicate the location (right or left side) and the chainage)

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There are many ponds beside the road lakes/swamps beside the between Ch. 4.2 to 4.5 both road? side,0.8,2.1,5.2,5.8,6.3,7.9,8.4,8.6,10.1,11.5,11.7 on the left hand side and (If yes, list them indicating the 2.1,2.7,2.9,3.2,4.1,4.6,4.7,4.9,5.2,5.6,6.1 to location (right or left side)and 6.2,6.6 to 6.8,7.8 to 8.1,8.7, 9.3,9.4,9.7,10.1 on the chainage ) the right hand side. 3. Are there any √ There are 2 canal crossing along the road at nallas/streams/rivers etc. Ch. 2.2 9.8 and 24 Nalla crossing at Ch. along/crossing the road? 1.4,1.5,2.1,2.9,3.0,3.8,4.2,4.6,4.7,4.8,5.1,5.2,5.3 5.4,5.5,7.6,7.7,7.9,8.0,8.6,8.9,9.0,10.7,11.5. (If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problem near the stagnation and other road at Ch. 1.9 ,10.3. drainage issues on or near the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project √ No Part of the Project road is Prone to road prone to flooding? flooding.

(If yes, mention flood level and ( ) No Secondary Information is available and frequency) Local Community is not aware of this matter

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or more dbh of 30 cm or more within √ as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list of trees indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 7. Along the road and within No faunal habitat, breeding ground etc. is 100m of the road shoulder, √ found within 100 m of the road shoulder. are there any faunal habitat areas, faunal breeding

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

(If yes, specify details of habitat with chainage) 8. Along the road and within No rare, endangered or threatened species 100m of the road shoulder √ were found within 100 m of the road shoulder. is there any evidence of floral and faunal species that are classified as endangered species? ( ) No Secondary Information Available and Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as listed in structures28 within 10 m on √ Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on either cultural or community √ side of the proposed alignment as listed in structures/buildings29 within Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

28 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 29 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures. 59

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

30) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

31) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

32) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

33) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

34) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.8 1 1 1.0 3 2 1.4 5 2 2.0 - 2 2.1 2 - 2.2 1 - 2.7 5 2 2.8 2 - 3.0 - 5 3.6 2 1 4.1 2 2 4.2 1 - 4.5 2 - 4.8 2 - 6.3 3 - 6.4 - 2 6.6 - 3 6.9 - 2 7.1 6 1 7.8 - 4 7.9 - 4 8.0 5 5 8.2 - 1 8.4 - 6 10.3 2 2 10.6 - 1 11.2 1 - 11.5 4 - Total 49 48

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 3 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.2 - Electric Pole 0.6 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.7 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.8 Pond Electric Pole 0.9 Electric Pole - 1.0 - 2 Electric Pole 1.1 Electric Pole - 1.2 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 1.5 - Electric Pole 1.6 Electric Pole Electric Pole 1.7 3 Electric Pole Electric Pole 1.8 - Electric Pole 1.9 Electric Pole - 2.0 - Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 2.1 Pond Pond 2.2 - Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 2.3 - Hand Pump 2 Electric Pole, 2.4 - Hand Pump 2.5 - Electric Pole 2.6 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.7 Electric Pole Hand Pump 2.9 - Electric Pole 3.2 - Pond 3.4 Electric Pole - 3.9 Electric Pole Electric Pole 4.0 Electric Pole - 4.1 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole, Pond 4.2 Electric Pole, Pond Electric Pole, Pond 4.3 Pond Electric Pole, Pond 4.4 Pond Pond, Hand Pump 4.5 Pond Pond 4.6 2 Electric Pole Pond 4.7 Electric Pole Pond 5.0 - Electric Pole 5.1 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole

5.2 Pond Pond 5.6 Pond Electric Pole, Pond 5.7 Electric Pole Electric Pole 5.8 Pond - 6.1 - Pond 6.2 - Pond 6.3 Pond - 6.6 - Electric Pole, Pond 6.7 Electric Pole Pond 6.8 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole, Pond Electric Pole, Hand 6.9 Electric Pole Pump 7.7 Electric Pole - Electric Pole, Hand 7.8 Electric Pole Pump, Pond 7.9 Pond Pond 8.0 - Pond 8.1 2 Electric Pole Hand Pump, Pond 8.2 Hand Pump Electric Pole Electric Pole, Hand 8.3 Electric Pole Pump 8.4 Pond Electric Pole 8.5 Electric Pole - Electric Pole, Hand 8.6 Pond Pump 8.7 - Pond 8.9 - 2 Electric Pole 9.3 - Pond 9.4 - Pond 9.5 - Electric Pole 9.6 3 Electric Pole 3 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 9.7 - Pond 9.8 2 Electric Pole - 10.1 Pond Pond 10.3 - Electric Pole 10.5 Electric Pole Electric Pole 10.6 Electric Pole - 10.8 Electric Pole - 11.5 Electric Pole, Pond Electric Pole 11.6 Electric Pole Electric Pole 11.7 Pond -

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 2.8 - School 4.0 - School 5.2 - Temple

Attachment IV

Left Right 8 to 6 to 6 to 8 to 10m 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 8m 10m 3 EP, Habitation 0.1 Habitation,EP A.L 0.2 O.L,EP O.L 0.3 A.L,2 EP A.L 0.4 A.L A.L 0.5 A.L Habitation, Habitation, A.L, EP 0.6 EP Habitation, 2EP 0.7 EP Pond Tree 0.8 Tree,EP Habitation, Habitation,O.L EP 0.9 A.L 3 Trees Habitation 1 2 EP, 2 Trees Habitation Nalla Nalla Habitation,EP Crossing 1.1 Crossing Habitation 2 EP, Habitation 1.2 Habitation EP Habitation 1.3 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L,5 Trees Crossing 1.4 Crossing A.L,2 Trees Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 1.5 Crossing Habitation EP A.L EP 1.6 Habitation EP A.L 3 EP 1.7 Eucally,EP A.L 1.8 Habitation EP 65

EP LL area 1.9 O.L A.L 2 EP,2 Trees Nalla Nalla Pond, 2 Trees Crossing 2.1 Crossing 2 EP, Pond Canal Canal 1 Tree crossing 2.2 crossing EP Habitation 2.3 2 EP,HP,Habitation Habitation 2.4 2 EP,HP,A.L A.L 2.5 EP , A.L O.L,2 EP 2.6 EP , A.L EP 5 Trees 2.7 HP,2 Trees ,Pond 2 Trees A.L 2.8 LL area School Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 2.9 Crossing EP , Pond Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 3 Crossing 5 Trees A.L A.L 3.1 A.L A.L 3.2 Pond A.L 3.3 A.L A.L, EP 3.4 A.L A.L 3.5 A.L A.L,2 Trees 3.6 1 Tree,A.L A.L 3.7 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 3.8 Crossing A.L Habitation,EP 3.9 EP,Habitation EP,O.L 4 School,EP 2 Trees,2 EP 4.1 EP, 2 Trees Pond Nalla Nalla Habitation, Pond 1 Tree,EP Crossing 4.2 Crossing EP Pond Habitation, Pond 4.3 EP Pond Pond 4.4 Pond,HP

Pond,2 Trees 4.5 Pond Nalla Nalla 2 EP,A.L Crossing 4.6 Crossing Pond Habitation Nalla Nalla EP Crossing 4.7 Crossing Pond Nalla Nalla A.L,2 Trees Crossing 4.8 Crossing O.L A.L 4.9 Pond A.L 5 Habitation,EP Nalla Nalla A.L,2 EP Crossing 5.1 Crossing A.L, 2 EP Nalla Nalla Pond Crossing 5.2 Crossing Temple Pond Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 5.3 Crossing A.L Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 5.4 Crossing A.L Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 5.5 Crossing A.L Habitation,EP 5.6 EP Habitation Habitation,EP 5.7 EP,Habitation Pond 5.8 Habitation A.L 5.9 A.L A.L 6 A.L A.L 6.1 Pond A.L 6.2 Pond A.L, Pond 3 Trees 6.3 A.L A.L 6.4 2 Trees , A.L A.L 6.5 A.L Habitation 6.6 3 Trees,EP, Pond Habitation EP 6.7 Pond 2 EP 6.8 EP, Pond A.L,EP 6.9 EP,HP A.L,2 Trees 67

Habitation 7 A.L 6 Trees,A.L 7.1 A.L 1 Tree A.L 7.2 Habitation A.L 7.3 Habitation A.L 7.4 O.L A.L 7.5 Habitation Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 7.6 Crossing A.L Nalla Nalla Habitation,EP Crossing 7.7 Crossing Habitation Habitation EP 7.8 EP,HP,4 Trees Pond Habitation, Nalla Nalla Pond Crossing 7.9 Crossing 4 Trees , Pond Habitation,5 Nalla Nalla Trees Crossing 8 Crossing 5 Trees Pond 2 EP 8.1 HP Pond HP 8.2 1 Tree,EP Habitation, EP,HP 8.3 A.L,EP Pond 8.4 EP 6 Trees Habitation, EP 8.5 Habitation Nalla Nalla Habitation, Pond Crossing 8.6 Crossing HP,EP Habitation 8.7 Pond Habitation 8.8 Habitation A.L Nalla Nalla Habitation Crossing 8.9 Crossing 2 EP Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 9 Crossing A.L A.L 9.1 A.L A.L 9.2 A.L A.L 9.3 Pond A.L 9.4 EP, Pond

A.L 9.5 EP A.L A.L, 3 EP 9.6 3 EP, A.L 2 EP, Habitation, A.L 9.7 Pond Canal Canal A.L,2 EP Crossing 9.8 Crossing A.L 9.9 A.L A.L 10 A.L Pond 10.1 Pond A.L 10.2 O.L 2 Trees LL area 10.3 2 Trees,EP A.L Habitation 10.4 HP,EP , A.L Habitation EP 10.5 O.L, EP EP 10.6 1 Tree , A.L Nalla Nalla A.L Crossing 10.7 Crossing A.L A.L EP 10.8 A.L A.L 10.9 A.L A.L 11 A.L A.L 11.1 A.L A.L, 1 Tree 11.2 A.L A.L 11.3 A.L A.L 11.4 A.L 4 Nalla Nalla Trees,EP,Pond Crossing 11.5 Crossing EP EP 11.6 EP Habitation Pond 11.7 Habitation A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage 69

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment( End Point of Proposed Road Alignment Junction Damoh Hata road SH 49)

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

Village Pond

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Panchthupi to Molla (Mahadebati)

Block Name:Kandi

District Name:Murshidabad

Total Length of the Road: 8.014 km

V. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 38.6° Low: 7.8° Deg Humidity High: 93% Low: 42% Rainfall 1,593.10 mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

W. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many plain at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) No part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated at √ Ch. 3.1 and 8.1 on the left hand side of the road.

7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 71

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 9. BarrenLand √ Patches of barren lands are found between Ch. 2.1 to 2.5 on the left hand side and 3.2 on the right hand side of the road.

X. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people) No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation 1. Are there any areas with There is no any part of the project landslide or erosion √ road lies in hilly terrain to landslide or problems along the road? erosion. However, sufficient cross drainage structures will be constructed (If yes, indicate the location to avoid any erosion. (right or left side) and the chainage)

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There are 2 ponds at Ch.4.0 and 7.5 on lakes/swamps beside the the right hand side. road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There is one River crossing at Ch.7.9 , nallas/streams/rivers etc. 3 canals crossing at Ch. 2.6,2.9,3.0 and along/crossing the road? 8 Nalla crossing at Ch. 0.3,0.5,3.9,5.0,5.7,7.0,7.4, (If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problems stagnation and other near the road at Ch.1.4,4.2 on the right drainage issues on or near hand side and 1.8 on the left hand side the road? of the road.

(If yes, mention chainage) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 5. Is the area along the project √ No part of the project road is prone to road prone to flooding? flooding.

(If yes, mention flood level and frequency) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures30 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings31 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

30 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 31 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures. 73

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

35) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

36) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

37) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

38) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

39) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.1 3 - 1.5 - 2 1.6 - 3 1.7 - 4 1.8 2 - 2.0 5 6 2.1 3 - 2.3 2 - 3.0 2 3 3.1 5 4 4.0 - 2 5.0 - 2 8.1 - 2 Total 22 28

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 Electric Pole - 0.2 Electric Pole - 1.0 Electric Pole - 1.1 Electric Pole - 1.2 Electric Pole - 1.3 Electric Pole - 3.2 - 2 Electric Pole 3.3 - Electric Pole 4.0 - Pond 4.7 - Electric Pole 4.9 Electric Pole - 5.0 Electric Pole - 6.2 - Electric Pole 6.7 - Electric Pole 7.5 - Pond 8.0 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 75

8.1 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 1.1 - Temple 2.0 Mosque Mosque 5.1 - School

Attachment IV

LHS RHS 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 8 to 10m EP,3 Trees A.L 0.1 A.L EP A.L, E.P. 0.2 A.L A.L Nalla Crossing 0.3 Nalla Crossing A.L A.L 0.4 A.L A.L Nalla Crossing 0.5 Nalla Crossing A.L A.L 0.6 A.L A.L 0.7 A.L A.L 0.8 A.L A.L 0.9 A.L A.L, E.P. 1 A.L A.L, E.P. 1.1 Temple A.L, E.P. 1.2 A.L EP 1.3 A.L A.L 1.4 LL Area A.L A.L, A.L 1.5 2 Trees A.L, 3 A.L 1.6 Trees A.L, 4 A.L 1.7 Trees 2 Trees LL area 1.8 A.L A.L 1.9 A.L Mosque 5 Trees 2 Mosque 6 Trees O.L 3 Trees 2.1 A.L O.L 2.2 A.L 2 Trees O.L 2.3 A.L O.L 2.4 A.L O.L 2.5 A.L Canal Crossing 2.6 Canal Crossing A.L A.L 2.7 Canal A.L 77

A.L,3 Trees 2.8 Canal A.L A.L Canal Crossing 2.9 Canal Crossing A.L, 2 Trees Canal Crossing 3 Canal Crossing 3 Trees School, Habitation, 5 Trees 3.1 4 Trees A.L 3.2 2 EP,O.L A.L 3.3 1 EP A.L 3.4 A.L A.L 3.5 A.L A.L 3.6 A.L A.L 3.7 A.L A.L 3.8 A.L A.L Nalla crossing 3.9 Nalla crossing A.L Pond, A.L 4 2 Trees A.L 4.1 A.L A.L 4.2 LL Area A.L A.L 4.3 A.L A.L 4.4 A.L A.L 4.5 A.L A.L 4.6 A.L A.L 4.7 A.L, EP A.L 4.8 A.L A.L,EP 4.9 A.L A.L, A.L, EP Nalla crossing 5 Nalla crossing 2 Trees A.L 5.1 A.L A.L 5.2 A.L A.L 5.3 A.L A.L 5.4 A.L A.L 5.5 A.L A.L 5.6 A.L A.L Nalla crossing 5.7 Nalla crossing A.L A.L 5.8 A.L A.L 5.9 A.L

A.L 6 A.L A.L 6.1 A.L A.L 6.2 EP, A.L A.L 6.3 A.L A.L 6.4 A.L A.L 6.5 A.L A.L 6.6 A.L A.L 6.7 EP, A.L A.L 6.8 A.L A.L 6.9 A.L A.L Nalla crossing 7 Nalla crossing A.L A.L 7.1 A.L A.L 7.2 A.L A.L 7.3 A.L A.L Nalla crossing 7.4 Nalla crossing A.L A.L 7.5 Pond A.L 7.6 A.L A.L 7.7 A.L A.L 7.8 A.L River crossing 7.9 River crossing A.L, 2 EP 8 2 EP, A.L 2 EP, 2 1 EP 8.1 Trees A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Ranichera Tea Garden to Paschim Damdim

Block Name:Mal

District Name:Jalpaiguri

Total Length of the Road: 3.680 km

Y. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 37° Low: 6° Humidity High: 90%Low: 71% Rainfall 3736mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

Z. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many undulated at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) No part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated √ between Ch. 2.8 to 2.9 on the right hand side of the road.

7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land9 (Tea garden ). 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 81

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 9. BarrenLand √ Patches of Open Land are found between Ch.0.2 to 0.3 ,0.5 to 0.6,0.8 on the both side,0.4,1.0,2.1,2.6 to 2.7 on the right hand side and 1.1,2.9 on the left hand side of the road. Note – there is no any barren land found in the study area

AA. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people) No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation 1. Are there any areas with part of the project road lies in small landslide or erosion √ hilly and undulated terrain and no problems along the road? prone to landslide or erosion. However, sufficient cross drainage structures will (If yes, indicate the location be constructed to avoid any erosion. (right or left side) and the chainage)

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any There are no lakes/swamps beside the lakes/swamps beside the √ road. road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any There are no Nallas/ streams/ rivers nallas/streams/rivers etc. √ crossing the road. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problem stagnation and other near the road between Ch. 1.0 to 1.7,2.0 drainage issues on or near on the right hand side and 1.8 to 1.9 on the road? the both side of the road. However, this phenomenon is temperoaray and seen (If yes, mention chainage) post rainy season.

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 5. Is the area along the project No part of the project road is prone to road prone to flooding? √ flooding.

(If yes, mention flood level and frequency) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures32 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings33 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

32 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 33 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures. 83

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

40) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

41) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

42) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

43) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

44) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 2.2 - 2 2.3 1 1 2.4 2 - 2.5 - 6 2.8 - 2 Total 3 11

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 2.8 - 2 Electric Pole 2.9 Well Electric Pole

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 2.9 School - 85

Attachment IV

LHS RHS 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m up to 10 m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 8 to 10m Tea Garden 0.1 Tea Garden O.L Tea Garden 0.2 O.L,Tea Garden O.L,Tea Garden 0.3 O.L,Tea Garden A.L 0.4 O.L,Tea Garden O.L A.L 0.5 O.L O.L O.L A.L 0.6 O.L Tea Garden 0.7 Tea Garden O.L Tea Garden 0.8 Tea Garden,A.L,O.L Tea Garden 0.9 Tea Garden Cultivation 1 O.L,LL Area Tea Garden O.L 1.1 Tea Garden,Water Logging Tea Garden 1.2 Tea Garden,Water Logging Tea Garden 1.3 Tea Garden,Water Logging Tea Garden 1.4 Tea Garden,Water Logging Tea Garden 1.5 Tea Garden,Water Logging Tea Garden 1.6 Tea Garden,Water Logging Tea Garden 1.7 Tea Garden,Water Logging LL Area 1.8 LL Area Tea Garden,LL Area 1.9 LL Area Tea Garden 2 LL Area Tea Garden 2.1 O.L Tea Garden 2.2 Tea Garden,2 Trees Tea Garden,1 Tree 2.3 Tea Garden ,1 Tree Tea Garden,2 Trees 2.4 Tea Garden,3 Trees Tea Garden 2.5 Tea Garden,6 Trees Tea Garden 2.6 O.L

Tea Garden 2.7 O.L Tea Garden 2.8 2 EP,Habitation,2 Trees O.L,WellSchool 2.9 1 EP,Habitation A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Tea Garden Along the Road Section Section of the Road Alignment

Consultation with workers in the Tea garden

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Puthia to Jat Bishwanath (Chandpur)

Block Name:Raghunathganj II

District Name:Murshidabad

Total Length of the Road: 1.230 km

BB. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 38.6 Low: 7.8° Humidity High: 93% Low: 42% Rainfall 1593.10 mm. mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

CC. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many flat at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) There is no part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated √ between Ch. 0.3 to 0.4, 0.8 to 1.3 on the both side,0.5 left hand side and 0.6 to 0.7 on the right hand side of the road. 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the 89

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand √ No patches of barren lands are found at on the both side of the road.

DD. Specific description of the Road Environment

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There is one pond at Ch. 0.2 on the Left lakes/swamps beside the hand side of the road. road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There are 3 Nalla crossing at nallas/streams/rivers etc. Ch.0.1,0.5,0.6. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water There are no any problems of water stagnation and other √ stagnation and other drainage issues drainage issues on or near near the road. the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project There is no any part of the road is road prone to flooding? √ flood prone area

(If yes, mention flood level and ( ) No Secondary Information is available and frequency) Local Community is not aware of this matter 6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list of trees indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage)

7. Along the road and within No any faunal habitat, breeding 100m of the road shoulder, √ ground etc. is found within 100 m of the are there any faunal habitat road shoulder. areas, faunal breeding ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures34 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings35 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

E. Please attach the following:

45) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

34 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 35 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures. 91

46) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

47) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

48) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

49) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.2 4 - 0.3 2 - 0.4 2 - 0.5 2 - 0.6 4 2 0.8 - 2 0.9 11 1 1.0 4 - 1.1 - 1 Total 29 6

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 - Electric Pole 0.2 2 Electric Pole,Pond - Electric Pole,Hand 0.3 Electric Pole Pump 0.4 - 4 Electric Pole 0.5 - Electric Pole 0.7 - 4 Electric Pole 0.8 - 2 Electric Pole 0.9 - 3 Electric Pole 1.0 - 2 Electric Pole 1.1 Electric Pole - 1.2 - Electric Pole 1.3 - 2 Electric Pole

Attachment III List of Community Structures 93

Chainage Left Right 0.1 Temple School

Attachment IV

LHS RHS 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 8 to 10m Nalla Nalla Temple Crossing 0.1 Crossing 2 EP School Pond 2 EP, 4 Trees 0.2 O.L Habitation, 2 Habitation, Trees,EP,HP 0.3 1 EP Habitation, Habitation, 2 Trees 0.4 4 EP Habitation, Nalla Nalla EP, 2 2 Trees Crossing 0.5 Crossing Trees Nalla Nalla Habitation, A.L, 4 Trees Crossing 0.6 Crossing 2 Trees Habitation, A.L 0.7 4 EP Habitation, 2 EP, 2 Habitation 0.8 Trees Habitation, Habitation, 11 3 EP, 1 Trees 0.9 Tree Habitation, 4 Trees 1 2 EP Habitation Habitation, Habitation, 1 EP 1.1 1 Tree Habitation, Habitation 1.2 1 EP Habitation, Habitation 1.3 2 EP A.L-Agriculture land 95

O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment( Puthia End Point of Proposed Road Alignment to Jat Bishwanath)

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment showing plain topography

Village Pond Nalla Crossing

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Puthia to Ramchandrapur

Block Name:Raghunathgang II

District Name:Murshidabad

Total Length of the Road: 2.610 km

EE. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 38.6 °C, Low: 7.8 °C Humidity High: 93% Low: 42% Rainfall 1,593.10 mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

FF. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many flat at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) No part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated at √ Ch. 0.2,0.3,0.5,0.6 on the right hand side and 0.1 on the both side of the road. 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand √ Some patches of barren lands were found at Ch. 0.4 on the left hand side of the road.

GG. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people) No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation 1. Are there any areas with There is no any part of the project landslide or erosion √ road lies in hilly terrain prone to problems along the road? landslide or erosion. However, sufficient cross drainage structures will (If yes, indicate the location be constructed to avoid any erosion. (right or left side) and the chainage)

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There is a Pond at Ch. 0.1 on the left lakes/swamps beside the hand side of the road. road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There are no nallas/streams/rivers nallas/streams/rivers etc. crossing the road. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problem stagnation and other near the road at Ch. 0.4. drainage issues on or near the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project No part of the Project road is prone to road prone to flooding? √ flooding.

(If yes attach list of trees indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 99

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures36 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, √ There are no religious, Cultural or cultural or community community structures/buildings within structures/buildings37 within 10 m on either side from the centre line 10 m on either side from the of the road alignment. center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

E. Please attach the following:

50) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

36 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 37 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures.

100

51) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

52) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

53) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

54) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

101

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.1 - 2 0.2 - 4 0.3 3 3 0.4 5 - 0.5 4 5 0.6 2 6 0.8 - 2 1.1 14 13 Total 28 35

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 3 Electric Pole 3 Electric Pole Electric Pole,Tube 0.2 - Well 0.3 Electric Pole 3 Electric Pole Hand Pump, 0.4 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.5 Hand Pump Electric Pole Hand Pump, 0.6 - Electric Pole

102

Attachment III

Left Right 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 8 to 10m 3 EP, Settlement, 2 Trees, 3 Pond,2 Trees 0.1 EP,Settlement A.L,1 EP Tube well 0.2 4 Trees, Settlement 3 Trees 1 EP,A.L 0.3 3 EP,Settlement 3 Trees O.L HP,EP,5 Trees 0.4 LL area 2 EP 5 Trees, A.L 4 Trees,HP 0.5 Settlement,EP A.L,HP,EP, 2 Trees 0.6 6 Trees, Settlement A.L 0.7 A.L A.L 0.8 A.L,2 Trees A.L 0.9 A.L A.L 1 A.L A.L, 14 Trees 1.1 A.L, 13 Trees A.L 1.2 A.L A.L 1.3 A.L A.L 1.4 A.L A.L 1.5 A.L A.L 1.6 A.L A.L 1.7 A.L A.L 1.8 A.L A.L 1.9 A.L A.L 2 A.L A.L 2.1 A.L A.L 2.2 A.L A.L 2.3 A.L A.L 2.4 A.L 103

A.L 2.5 A.L A.L 2.6 A.L A.L 2.7 A.L A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

104

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment( Agriculture field along Road Alignment Junction Damoh Hata road SH 49)

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

105

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:T 10 Dhengram to Bishanpur

Block Name:Raipur

District Name:Bankura

Total Length of the Road: 10.114 km

HH. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 45 °C Low: 27 °C Humidity High: 95% Low: 67% Rainfall 1,400mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

II. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many flat at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area √ (Explain whether the road passes Type of Vegetation: SalForest (Sal as through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance dominant spp. associated with from shoulder to the forest area)? miscellaneous spp. )

Legal Status of the Forest Area:

Protected forest

Project road passes through forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals: NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area) Endangered species (if any): None

6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated √ between Ch. 5.9 to 6.1,7.8 to 7.9,8.1 to 8.5 ,0.8,4.8,5.7 on the both side , 0.1,8.0 on the right hand side and 3.3,4.7,5.8,8.6 to 8.7 on the left hand side of the road.

106

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand √ Patches of barren lands were found between Ch. 7.5 to 7.7,8.8,9.2 on the both side,5.3,9.3 on the left hand side and 3.3,5.8,7.4,8.7,9.1 on the right hand side of the road.

JJ. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people) No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation 1. Are there any areas with There is no any area of the project site landslide or erosion √ where road lies in hilly terrain for problems along the road? landslide prone or erosion. However, sufficient cross drainage structures will (If yes, indicate the location be constructed to avoid any erosion. (right or left side) and the chainage)

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There is a Pond beside the road at Ch. lakes/swamps beside the 5.5 on the right hand side. road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There is a Canal Crossing at Ch. 5.2 on nallas/streams/rivers etc. the right hand side of the road and 8 along/crossing the road? Nalla crossing at Ch. 2.0,2.6,2.7,3.6,3.9,7.7,9.3,10.1. (If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problem stagnation and other near the road at Ch. 0.5,1.1,3.9,9.1,9.2 drainage issues on or near and 9.5. the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project √ No Part of the Project road is Prone to road prone to flooding? flooding.

(If yes, mention flood level and frequency) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 107

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures38 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings39 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

38 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 39 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures.

108

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks made by the villagers.

3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

55) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

56) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

57) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

58) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

59) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

109

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.1 - 4 0.3 - 5 0.4 - 4 0.5 3 - 0.6 - 3 0.7 2 - 0.8 6 - 1.4 - 3 3.3 3 4 5.2 4 5 5.3 4 3 5.4 3 2 5.6 6 5 5.9 - 2 6.1 - 4 6.2 8 3 6.3 - 1 6.6 - 1 6.9 - 1 7.1 - 4 7.3 - 2 7.9 2 - 8.4 - 2 8.7 8 11 8.8 8 - 8.9 4 - Total 61 69

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 4 Electric Pole - 2 Electric Pole, 0.2 Electric Pole Hand Pump 0.3 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.4 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 2.5 - Electric Pole 2.6 - 2 Electric Pole

110

2.7 - 2 Electric Pole 2.8 Electric Pole - 2.9 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 3.0 2 Electric Pole - 3.4 Electric Pole - 3.6 - Electric Pole 3.7 - Electric Pole 3.8 - Electric Pole 3.9 - Electric Pole 4.0 Electric Pole Electric Pole 4.1 - Electric Pole 4.2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 4.3 - Electric Pole 4.4 - Electric Pole 4.5 Electric Pole Electric Pole 4.6 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 4.8 2 Electric Pole - 4.9 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 5.0 2 Electric Pole - 5.3 - Electric Pole 5.7 Electric Pole Electric Pole 5.8 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 5.9 2 Electric Pole Hand Pump 6.0 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 6.1 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 6.6 Electric Pole - 7.1 Hand Pump Hand Pump Hand Pump, 2 7.8 - Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 7.9 Electric Pole Hand Pump 8.0 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole Hand Pump, 8.1 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 8.2 3 Electric Pole Electric Pole 8.3 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 8.4 Electric Pole Electric Pole 8.5 - 2 Electric Pole 8.6 - 3 Electric Pole 8.7 Electric Pole Electric Pole 8.8 Electric Pole - 111

9.0 - 2 Electric Pole 9.3 - Electric Pole Hand Pump, 9.8 - Electric Pole

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 0.2 School - 0.3 School - 7.1 - School

112

Attachment IV

Left Right 8 to 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 10m 4 EP 0.1 Habitation,4 Trees School EP 0.2 HP,2 EP School 2 EP 0.3 EP 5 Trees A.L 0.4 4 Trees A.L 3 Trees LL area 0.5 A.L Forest 0.6 Forest 3 Trees 2 Trees Forest 0.7 Forest Habitation,6 Trees 0.8 Habitation Forest 0.9 Forest Forest 1 Forest A.L 1.1 LL area A.L 1.2 A.L A.L 1.3 A.L Forest 1.4 Forest 3 Trees Forest 1.5 Forest Forest 1.6 LL area Forest Forest 1.7 Forest A.L 1.8 Forest A.L 1.9 Forest Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 2 crossing Forest A.L 2.1 Forest Forest 2.2 Forest Forest 2.3 Forest Forest, 2.4 Forest, 113

EP 2 EP Forest, A.L 2.5 EP Nalla Nalla Forest, Forest crossing 2.6 crossing 2 EP Nalla Nalla Forest, Forest crossing 2.7 crossing EP Forest,EP 2.8 Forest Forest, Forest EP 2.9 2 EP 2 EP, Forest 3 Forest Forest 3.1 Forest Forest 3.2 Forest Habitation, O.L, 3 Trees 3.3 4 Trees Forest, EP 3.4 A.L A.L 3.5 A.L Nalla Nalla EP, Forest crossing 3.6 crossing Forest EP, Forest 3.7 Forest EP, Forest 3.8 Forest Nalla Nalla EP, Forest crossing 3.9 crossing Forest EP, EP Forest 4 Forest EP, Forest 4.1 Forest EP, EP Forest 4.2 Forest

114

EP, Forest 4.3 Forest EP, Forest 4.4 Forest EP, EP 4.5 Forest EP A.L 4.6 A.L,2 EP Habitation 4.7 A.L Habitation 2 EP 4.8 Habitation 2 EP,A.L 4.9 A.L,2 EP A.L,2 EP 5 A.L A.L 5.1 A.L Canal A.L,5 A.L, 4 Trees 5.2 crossing Trees O.L,4 Trees 5.3 EP,3 Trees A.L, 3 Trees 5.4 A.L,2 Trees A.L 5.5 Pond 6 Trees,A.L 5.6 A.L,5 Trees Habitation, EP 5.7 Habitation,EP Habitation, EP 5.8 EP O.L Habitation, Habitation,2 EP 5.9 2 Trees,2 EP,HP Habitation,2 EP 6 2 EP,Habitation Habitation,2 EP 6.1 4 Trees,2 EP,Habitation A.L,8 Trees 6.2 3 Trees,A.L A.L 6.3 A.L,1 Tree A.L 6.4 A.L A.L 6.5 A.L A.L, EP 6.6 A.L,1 Tree A.L 6.7 A.L A.L 6.8 A.L A.L 6.9 A.L,1 Tree 115

A.L 7 A.L HP 7.1 4 Trees,HP,School Eucalyptus vegetation 7.2 Eucalyptus vegetation Bushes 7.3 2 Trees Bushes 7.4 O.L O.L 7.5 O.L O.L 7.6 O.L Nalla Nalla O.L crossing 7.7 crossing O.L Habitation,2 EP, HP 7.8 Habitation 2 EP,HP,2 Trees, Habitation 7.9 EP,Habitation 2 EP 8 Habitation,2 EP Habitation,HP,1 EP 8.1 Habitation,2 EP 3 EP,Habitation 8.2 Habitation,EP 2 EP,Habitation 8.3 2 EP,Habitation Habitation,EP 8.4 EP,2 Trees, Habitation Habitation 8.5 2 EP,Habitation Habitation 8.6 3 EP,A.L Habitation,EP,8 Trees 8.7 11 Trees,O.L,EP 8 Trees,EP,O.L 8.8 O.L 4 Trees, Forest 8.9 Forest A.L 9 A.L,2 EP A.L LL area 9.1 LL area O.L O.L LL area 9.2 LL area O.L Nalla Nalla O.L crossing 9.3 crossing EP,A.L A.L 9.4 A.L LL area 9.5 LL area Forest 9.6 Forest A.L 9.7 Forest Forest 9.8 HP,EP Forest 9.9 Forest

116

Forest 10 Forest Nalla Nalla Forest crossing 10.1 crossing Forest

A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

117

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment( End Point of Proposed Road Alignment Junction Damoh Hata road SH 49)

Public Consultation

118

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:Goborda to Satpatta

Block Name:Raipur

District Name:Bankura

Total Length of the Road: 13.028 km

KK. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 45 °C Low: 27 °C Humidity High: 95% Low: 67% Rainfall 1,400 mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

LL. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many plain at almost all locations. km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) There is no part of the project road passes through any forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated √ between Ch. 1.6 to 1.7,3.0 to 3.2,4.6 to 4.8,5.1 to 5.7,7.2 to 7.5,9.7,11.3 on the both side,2.1 to 2.2,4.9 to 5.0,0.4,1.5,8.1 on the left hand side and 0.8,1.2,1.3,1.9,2.3,3.3,9.8 on the right hand side of the road. 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 119

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand √ Patches of barren lands were found at Ch. 1.1,4.0 on the right hand side and 3.3,3.6,8.6 on the left hand side of the road.

MM. Specific description of the Road Environment

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There are many Ponds beside the road at lakes/swamps beside the Ch. road? 2.8,2.9,4.4,5.2,5.3,8.9,9.4,9.5,10.8,10.9,11.2 on the right hand side and (If yes, list them indicating the 0.8,3.2,4.1,4.4,5.9,10.1,11.4 on the left location (right or left side)and hand side. the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There are many Nalla crossing at nallas/streams/rivers etc. Ch.1.4,2.7,3.4,4.4,6.0,6.1,6.5,6.8,7.6,8.1, along/crossing the road? 9.1,10.2,11.0,11.1,11.2.

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are water stagnation problem near stagnation and other the road at Ch. 0.6,4.0,4.1,4.3,4.4,4.9,9.0. drainage issues on or near the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project √ No Part of the Project road is Prone to road prone to flooding? flooding.

(If yes, mention flood level and frequency) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter

120

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures40 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment as structures/buildings41 within listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

40 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 41 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures. 121

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

60) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

61) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

62) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

63) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

64) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

122

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.1 1 3 0.2 4 3 0.5 - 6 0.7 2 5 0.8 - 2 0.9 - 6 1.0 - 6 1.1 - 3 1.2 5 - 1.4 - 3 1.8 2 2 1.9 2 2 2.8 - 4 2.9 - 3 3.0 - 2 3.6 - 1 3.8 1 - 3.9 3 2 4.4 1 - 4.5 1 - 4.7 - 5 4.9 5 1 5.1 4 2 5.4 - 1 5.8 1 2 5.9 - 4 6.0 - 3 6.1 - 3 6.5 1 2 6.6 1 3 6.8 1 - 6.9 5 2 7.1 2 8 7.3 - 2 7.4 - 6 7.5 - 2 7.6 - 2 7.8 10 - 123

7.9 10 8 8.0 5 6 8.1 2 - 8.2 3 4 8.3 2 5 8.4 8 6 8.5 6 2 8.6 2 4 8.8 9 6 8.9 - 1 9.1 4 3 9.2 3 - 9.5 6 1 9.6 3 2 9.7 2 7 10.0 1 - 10.4 1 - 10.5 1 1 10.6 4 4 10.7 4 10 10.8 3 2 11.2 - 2 Total 130 176

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 2 Electric Pole, 0.1 - Hand Pump 0.2 Electric Pole - 0.3 Electric Pole Electric Pole 0.4 Electric Pole - 0.7 - 2 Electric Pole 0.8 Pond - 0.9 - Electric Pole 1.5 Electric Pole - 1.6 - Electric Pole

124

1.7 Electric Pole Electric Pole 1.8 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 2.1 - 2 Electric Pole 2.2 - 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 2.3 Electric Pole Hand Pump 2.4 Electric Pole 5 Electric Pole 2.8 - Pond 2.9 2 Electric Pole Pond 3.0 - Hand Pump Hand Pump, 3.1 Electric Pole Electric Pole 3.2 Electric Pole, Pond Electric Pole 3.3 - 2 Electric Pole 4.1 Pond - 4.2 - Hand Pump 4.4 Pond Pond 4.5 - Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 4.6 2 Electric Pole Hand Pump 4.7 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 4.8 Electric Pole Hand Pump 4.9 2 Electric Pole - 5.0 Electric Pole - 5.1 Electric Pole - 5.2 - Electric Pole, Pond 3 Electric Pole, 5.3 2 Electric Pole Pond 5.4 3 Electric Pole - 5.5 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 5.6 Electric Pole Electric Pole 5.7 Electric Pole Electric Pole 5.8 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 5.9 Pond - 7.1 Electric Pole Electric Pole 7.2 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 7.3 Electric Pole Electric Pole 7.4 Electric Pole - 7.5 Electric Pole Electric Pole 7.8 - 2 Electric Pole 7.9 - Hand Pump 8.0 - Electric Pole 125

8.9 - Pond 9.4 - Pond 9.7 Electric Pole - Electric Pole, Hand 9.8 Hand Pump Pump 9.9 Electric Pole Hand Pump 10.1 Pond - 10.8 - Pond 10.9 - Pond 11.2 - Pond Electric Pole, Hand 11.3 Electric Pole Pump 11.4 Pond -

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 4.2 - Temple 7.9 - School

126

Attachment IV

Left Right 8 to 8 to 10m 6 to 8m 4 to 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 0 to 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 6 to 8m 10m Habitation,2 EP 1 Tree,HP 0.1 3 Trees Habitation A.L, 4 Trees,EP 0.2 A.L 3 Trees A.L,EP 0.3 A.L EP Habitation,EP 0.4 A.L A.L 0.5 A.L 6 Trees A.L 0.6 LL area 2 Trees 0.7 2 EP,5 Trees Pond 0.8 Habitation,2 Trees A.L 0.9 1 EP,6 Trees A.L 1 Dense bushy vegetation,6 Trees A.L 1.1 O.L,3 Trees 5 Trees 1.2 Habitation A.L 1.3 Habitation Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 1.4 crossing A.L 3 Trees Habitation,EP 1.5 A.L Habitation 1.6 Habitation, 1EP Habitation,EP 1.7 EP,Habitation EP 2 Trees 1.8 2 EP,2 Trees 2 Trees 1.9 Pond, Habitation 2 Trees A.L 2 dense bushy vegetation Habitation 2.1 A.L,2 EP Habitation 2.2 2 EP,A.L 127

Habitation, EP 2.3 Habitation, 2 EP HP A.L, EP 2.4 A.L,5 EP Dense Bushy Vegetation 2.5 Dense Bushy Vegetation A.L 2.6 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 2.7 crossing A.L 4 Trees, Dense Bushy Vegetation, A.L 2.8 Pond 2 EP 2.9 3 Trees , Pond Habitation 3 HP, Habitation,2 Trees EP,Habitation, HP 3.1 EP,Habitation EP,Habitation, Pond 3.2 EP,Habitation O.L 3.3 2 EP,Habitation Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 3.4 crossing School A.L 3.5 A.L A.L 3.6 A.L, 1 Tree A.L 3.7 A.L A.L, 1 Tree 3.8 A.L A.L 3 Trees 3.9 A.L,2 Trees LL area 4 O.L Pond 4.1 LL area A.L 4.2 Temple,HP A.L 4.3 LL area Nalla Nalla Pond crossing 4.4 crossing 1 Tree Pond 1 Tree 4.5 EP

128

Habitation,2 EP, HP 4.6 Habitation,2 EP Habitation,2 EP 4.7 5 Trees,Habitation,2 EP Habitation,HP, 2 EP 4.8 EP,Habitation Habitation, 5 Trees,2 EP 4.9 LL area 1 Tree Habitation,EP 5 A.L Habitation,3 Trees EP,1 Tree 5.1 Habitation,2 Trees Habitation 5.2 Pond,EP,Habitation Habitation 2 EP 5.3 3 EP , Pond, Habitation 3 EP Habitation 5.4 Habitation, 1 Tree Habitation 2 EP 5.5 1 EP, Habitation Habitation,1 EP 5.6 EP, Habitation Habitation,1 EP 5.7 EP, Habitation 1 EP A.L,1 Tree 5.8 2 Trees A.L,2 EP Pond 5.9 A.L,4 Trees Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 6 crossing A.L,3 Trees Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 6.1 crossing A.L,3 Trees A.L 6.2 A.L A.L 6.3 A.L A.L 6.4 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L, 1 Tree crossing 6.5 crossing A.L.,2 Trees A.L, 1 Tree 6.6 A.L.,3 Trees A.L 6.7 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L, 1 Tree crossing 6.8 crossing A.L 129

A.L,5 Tree 6.9 A.L 2 Trees A.L 7 A.L 2 Trees A.L,EP 7.1 8 Trees EP Habitation,2 EP 7.2 Habitation,EP Habitation, EP 7.3 2 Trees , EP,Habitation Habitation, EP 7.4 6 Trees Habitation EP,2 Habitation, EP 7.5 Habitation Trees Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 7.6 crossing A.L,2 Trees A.L 7.7 A.L 10 Trees 7.8 2 EP A.L,10 Trees 7.9 HP,8 Trees School A.L,5 Trees 8 EP,A.L, 6 Trees Habitation,2 Nalla Nalla Trees crossing 8.1 crossing A.L A.L,3 Trees 8.2 A.L,4 Trees A.L, 2 Trees 8.3 A.L,5 Trees A.L,8 Trees 8.4 A.L,6 Trees A.L, 6 Trees 8.5 A.L, 2 Trees O.L 2 Trees 8.6 4 Trees,A.L A.L 8.7 A.L A.L, 9 Trees 8.8 A.L,6 Trees A.L,1 Tree A.L 8.9 Pond A.L LL area 9 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L, 4 Trees crossing 9.1 crossing A.L, 3 Trees A.L, 3 Trees 9.2 A.L A.L 9.3 A.L

130

A.L 9.4 Pond A.L, 6 Trees 9.5 Pond 1 Tree A.L, 3 Trees 9.6 A.L, 2 Trees Habitation, 2 Trees, EP 9.7 7 Trees, Habitation HP 9.8 EP,Habitation HP EP 9.9 EP,A.L HP A.L 1 Tree 10 A.L Pond 10.1 A.L Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 10.2 crossing A.L A.L 10.3 A.L A.L, 1 Tree 10.4 A.L A.L, 1 Tree 10.5 A.L, 1 Tree A.L, 4 Tree 10.6 A.L, 4 Trees A.L, 4 Tree 10.7 A.L, 10 Trees A.L 3 Trees 10.8 Pond, 2 Trees A.L 10.9 Pond Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 11 crossing A.L Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 11.1 crossing A.L Nalla Nalla A.L crossing 11.2 crossing Pond,2 Trees Habitation, EP 11.3 Habitation,HP,EP Pond 11.4 A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage 131

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

132

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:T05 at Bikash Nagar To Rajfapri

Block Name:Rajganj

District Name:Jalpaigudi

Total Length of the Road: 4.819 km

NN. Climatic Conditions

Temperature High: 37° Low: 6° Humidity High 90% Low: 71% Rainfall 3736 mm.mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

OO. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( Na ) more than 50% ( Na ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ Mountainous etc.) √ Altitude:

(Explain the topography The topography of the project road is of the area and how many km of the road are located plain at almost all locations. in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road passes √ Type of Vegetation: through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.) Many part of the project road passes through forest area. 5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area)

Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated at √ between Ch.1.6 to 2.1,2.3,2.6,2.8,3.1,3.7,4.1 to 4.2,4.8, on the right hand side,2.4,3.0 on the both side and 2.5 on the left hand side of the road. 133

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through √ agriculture land. 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the √ villagers no part of the study area consisted of grazing land. 9. BarrenLand (open/forest √ Patches of barren/forest lands are land ) found at Ch.0.1 ,1.6,1.9.2.2,2.6,2.7,3.1,4.1, on the right hand side,2.4,2.8,3.4,3. to 4.0,4.5, on the left hand side and 0.2 ,0.4 to 1.5,3.9 to 4.0,4.6 to 4.7,4.9, on the both side of the road.

PP. Specific description of the Road Environment

( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any There are no lakes/swamps beside the lakes/swamps beside the √ road. road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any √ There is a river (tributaory ) along the nallas/streams/rivers etc. road. along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are no problems of water stagnation and other stagnation and other drainage issues drainage issues on or near on or near the road. the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project No part of the road is prone to flood. road prone to flooding? √

(If yes, mention flood level and ( ) No Secondary Information is available and frequency) Local Community is not aware of this matter

134

6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or dbh of 30 cm or more within √ more as attached in Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and or other similar areas? Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as structures42 within 10 m on √ listed in Attachment II. either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on cultural or community √ either side of the proposed alignment structures/buildings43 within as listed in Attachment III. 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

42 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 43 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures. 135

No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 3. If suggestions received, were they √ - incorporated into the design?

E. Please attach the following:

65) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

66) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

67) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

68) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

69) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

136

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.2 1 1 0.3 1 2 0.4 4 3 0.6 1 1 0.7 3 1 0.8 1 1 2.2 1 - 2.3 - 1 2.4 - 2 2.5 - 3 2.6 1 3 2.4 - 2 2.5 - 3 2.6 1 3 2.7 1 - 2.8 - 2 3.0 3 - 3.5 1 1 4.0 1 - 4.1 3 1 4.2 7 3 4.3 - 1 4.4 6 - 4.5 - 3 4.6 - 4 4.7 2 2 4.8 5 - 4.9 1 1 Total 43 36

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 1.7 2 Electric Pole - 137

1.8 4 Electric Pole - 1.9 5 Electric Pole - 2.0 Electric Pole - 2.1 Electric Pole - 2.2 Electric Pole - 2.3 Electric Pole - 2.4 Electric Pole - 2.5 Electric Pole - 2.6 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2.7 - Hand Pump 3.0 - 2 Electric Pole 3.1 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole, 3.2 - well 3.3 - 2 Electric Pole 3.5 Electric Pole Electric Pole 3.6 2 Electric Pole Electric Pole 3.8 2 Electric Pole 2 Electric Pole 3.9 - Electric Pole 4.0 - Electric Pole 3 Electric Pole,3 4.1 Electric Pole Telephone pole 4.2 Electric Pole - 4.3 Electric Pole - 4.4 Electric Pole - 4.5 - 2 Electric Pole 4.8 2 Electric Pole - 4.9 2 Electric Pole -

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 3.4 Temple - 3.8 - School

138

Attachment IV

LHS RHS 6 to 4 to 0 to 4 to 6 to 8 to 8 to 10m 8m 6m 2 to 4m 0 to 2m 2m 2 to 4m 6m 8m 10m 0.1 O.L 1 Tree,River( tributory) O.L,F.L,1 Tree 0.2 ,O.L,F.L 1 Tree 0.3 2 Tree F.L,O.L,4 Trees 0.4 O.L,F.L,3 Trees F.L,O.L 0.5 O.L,F.L O.L,F.L,1 Tree 0.6 O.L,F.L,1 Tree 3 Trees,O.L,F.L 0.7 1 Tree,O.L.F.L O.L,F.L,1 Tree 0.8 O.L,F.L,1 Tree F.L,O.L 0.9 O.L,F.L O.L,F.L 1 O.L,F.L O.L,F.L 1.1 O.L,F.L O.L,F.L 1.2 F.L,O.L O.L,F.L 1.3 O.L,F.L O.L,F.L 1.4 O.L,F.L O.L,F.L,BSF Boundry 1.5 O.L,F.L BSF Boundry 1.6 Habitation,O.L BSF Boundry,2 EP 1.7 Habitation,A.L 4 EP 1.8 Habitation,A.L 5 EP,BSF 1.9 Habitation,O.L 1 EP,BSF Boundry 2 Habitation 1 EP 2.1 Habitation 1 EP,1 Tree 2.2 O.L 1 EP 2.3 Habitation,1 Tree Habitation,O.L,2 EP 2.4 2 Trees,Habitation Habitation,1 EP 2.5 Bamboo,3 Trees 2 EP,1 Tree 2.6 3 Trees,Habitation,O.L,1 EP 139

A.L,1 Tree 2.7 HP,O.L O.L,A.L 2.8 2 Trees,A.L,Habitation A.L 2.9 A.L 2 Trees,1 Tree Habitation 3 Habitation,2 EP,A.L A.L,2 EP 3.1 O.L,Habitation,1 EP A.L,2 EP,Well 3.2 A.L A.L 3.3 2 EP O.L,Temple 3.4 A.L 1 Tree ,EP 3.5 1 EP,1 Tree 2 EP,O.L,F.L 3.6 1 EP O.L,F.L 3.7 Habitation,O.L O.L,2 EP 3.8 2 EP,School O.L 3.9 O.L,1 EP O.L,F.L,1 Tree 4 O.L,A.L,1 EP 3 TP,3 Trees,3 EP,F.L 4.1 Habitation,1 Tree,O.L,A.L,1 EP 1 EP,7 Trees 4.2 Habitation,3 Trees 1 EP,F.L 4.3 1 Tree 6 Trees,EP,F.L 4.4 Habitation F.L,O.L 4.5 Habitation,3 Trees,2 EP O.L,F.L 4.6 A.L,4 Trees,O.L O.L,2 Trees 4.7 A.L,O.L,2 Trees 2 EP,5 Tree, 4.8 A.L,Habitation O.L,1 Tree,2 EP 4.9 O.L,1 Tree A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

140

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

Forest Patch along the road section WoodenBridge along the road section

141

RURAL ROADS: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST

Road Name:T-14 at Sarkarpara to Munshipara

Block Name:Sadar

District Name:Jalpaiguri

Total Length of the Road: 7.828 km

QQ. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 37° Low: 6° Humidity High: 90% Low: 71% Rainfall 3736 mm.mm/year Rainy Season June to September N.S. – Not Specified

RR. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 1. Coastal area Distance from Coastline: km Mangrove √ (along roadside) ( ) more than 50% ( ) less than 20% 2. Type of Terrain(Plain/Hilly/ √ Altitude: Mountainous etc.) The topography of the project road is flat at almost all locations. (Explain the topography of the area and how many km of the road are located in the hilly area) 4. Forest Area (Explain whether the road √ Type of Vegetation: passes through forest areas or located along the forest areas and distance from shoulder to the forest area)? Legal Status of the Forest Area: (Reserved, National Park, Sanctuaries, Unclassified, etc.)

No part of the project road passes through any forest area.

5. Wildlife Name of animals:NA (Explain whether there are any √ wildlife species in the project area) Endangered species (if any):None 6. Inhabited Area Inhabited areas are concentrated at Ch. √ 0.3,1.8,2.3,2.4,2.7,3.1,3.8,4.4,5.0,5.6,5.8,6.5,6.9,7.0,7.2,7.3,7.4,7.5,7.7,7.9 on the RHS,between Ch.0.6 to 0.8,1.3,3.0,3.3,3.6,4.1,4.8,7.1, on the LHS and 2.0 to 2.2, 2.5 to 2.6,2.8,3.2,3.9 to 4.0,4.2 to 4.3,4.5,4.7,5.1,5.3,5.7 on the both side of the road. 7. Agricultural Land The project road passes through agriculture land. √ 8. Grazing grounds As per the discussions with the villagers no part of the study area √ consisted of grazing land.

142

No. Type of Yes No Explanation Ecosystem 9. BarrenLand √ Patches of barren lands are found at Ch.4.9,5.0,6.4,7.2,7.7,7.9 on the LHS and 5.1,5.7,6.0,6.7,6.8,7.1,7.8 on the RHS of the road.

SS. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people) No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation 1. Are there any areas with No part of the project road lies in hilly terrain prone to landslide or erosion √ landslide or erosion. However, sufficient cross drainage problems along the road? structures will be constructed to avoid any erosion.

(If yes, indicate the location (right or left side) and the chainage) ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter 2. Are there any √ There are many ponds beside the road at lakes/swamps beside the Ch.0.1,2.9,3.1,4.7,5.4,7.3 on the both road? side,1.2,1.6,2.2,2.6,4.0,4.3,5.0,5.3,7.1,7.9 on the RHS and 2.1,2.3,3.4,4.6,5.2,7.7 on the LHS of the road. (If yes, list them indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 3. Are there any There are no Nallas/Streams/Rivers crossing the road. nallas/streams/rivers etc. √ along/crossing the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location (right, left or crossing) and the chainage 4. Are there problems of water √ There are problems of water stagnation near the road at stagnation and other Ch.2.4,2.7,3.3,3.4,3.8,3.9,4.1,5.7,5.9,6.2,6.3,6.9.7.0,7.2,7.6,7.7 drainage issues on or near on the RHS,3.5 on the both side and 6.2,6.5,7.7 on the LHS. the road? ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter (If yes, mention chainage) 5. Is the area along the project No part of the project road is prone to flooding. road prone to flooding? √

(If yes, mention flood level and ( ) No Secondary Information is available and frequency) Local Community is not aware of this matter 6. Are there any trees with a There are few trees of dbh of 30 cm or more as attached in dbh of 30 cm or more within √ Attachment I 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list of trees indicating the location (right or left side)and the chainage) 7. Along the road and within No faunal habitat, breeding ground etc. is found within 100 100m of the road shoulder, √ m of the road shoulder. are there any faunal habitat 143

areas, faunal breeding ground, bird migration area, √ ( ) No Secondary Information is available and Local Community is not aware of this matter or other similar areas?

(If yes, specify details of habitat with chainage) 8. Along the road and within No rare, endangered or threatened species were found 100m of the road shoulder √ within 100 m of the road shoulder. is there any evidence of floral and faunal species that are classified as endangered species? ( ) No Secondary Information Available and Local Community is not aware of this matter

9. Are there any utility Few utility structures were found as listed in Attachment II. structures44 within 10 m on √ either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes, attach list with chainage) 10. Are there any religious, Few religious structures were found on either side of the cultural or community √ proposed alignment as listed in Attachment III. structures/buildings45 within 10 m on either side from the center line of the road alignment?

(If yes attach list with chainage)

E. Please attach the following:

70) List of trees indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 6)

71) List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 9)

44 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, water pipe and other similar structures. 45 Mandir, Masjid, Church, religious/cultural/historical monuments, school, health center, public toilet and other similar structures.

144

72) List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 10)

73) Sketch of strip map of the road covering details of atleast 10 m on either side from the center line of the road

74) Photographs of the project area showing atleast 10 m on either side from center line of road alignment. Every 2 km or less of road must have atleast 1 photograph.

145

Attachment I List of Trees Chainage Left Right 0.2 1 1 0.3 1 2 1.2 - 2 1.5 2 - 1.6 4 2 2.2 2 3 2.4 7 - 2.8 4 3 3.1 1 - 3.2 1 - 3.3 - 1 3.4 2 - 3.5 1 2 3.6 1 2 3.7 1 - 3.8 3 - 4.1 1 - 4.2 1 3 4.3 - 4 4.4 - 1 4.8 2 2 4.9 2 2 5.0 - 3 5.1 2 6 5.2 3 - 5.3 - 7 5.6 6 4 5.7 3 - 5.9 2 6 6.1 1 1 6.8 1 - 7.3 - 1 7.5 - 1 Total 55 59

146

Attachment II List of Utilities Chainage Left Right 0.1 Pond 2 Pond 0.2 Telephone pole - 1.2 - Pond 1.3 - 2 Electric Pole 1.4 Electric Pole - 1.6 - Pond 1.8 - 2 Electric Pole 1.9 - Electric Pole 2.1 Pond - 2.2 - 2 Pond 2.3 Pond - 2.5 Pond - 2.6 - Pond 2.9 Pond Pond 3.1 2 Pond Pond 3.4 Pond - 4.0 - Pond, Electric Pole 4.1 Electric Pole - 4.2 Electric Pole - 4.3 Electric Pole Pond 2 Pond, Electric 4.4 - Pole 4.5 Electric Pole Electric Pole 4.6 Pond - 4.7 Pond Pond, Electric Pole 4.8 Electric Pole Electric Pole 4.9 Electric Pole - 5.0 2 Electric Pole Pond 5.2 Pond ,Electric Pole Electric Pole 5.3 - Pond ,Electric Pole 5.4 2 Pond Pond ,Electric Pole 5.5 - 2 Electric Pole 6.5 Electric Pole, Well - 6.6 Electric Pole - 6.7 Electric Pole - 6.8 Electric Pole Electric Pole 6.9 Electric Pole - 147

7.0 Electric Pole - 7.1 - Pond 7.2 Electric Pole Pond 7.3 Pond ,Electric Pole Pond 7.4 2 Electric Pole - 7.5 Electric Pole - 7.6 - Electric Pole 7.7 Pond - 7.9 - Pond ,Electric Pole

Attachment III List of Community Structures Chainage Left Right 3.0 School - 4.9 - School

148

Attachment IV

LHS RHS 8 to 6 to 4 to 0 to 0 to 6 to 8 to 10m 8m 6m 2 to 4m 2m 2m 2 to 4m 4 to 6m 8m 10m Habitation,Pond 0.1 Habitation,Village,2 Pond,A.L TP,Habitation,1 Tree 0.2 Habitation,1 Tree 1 Tree,A.L 0.3 2 Trees,Habitation,A.L A.L,Canal 0.4 A.L A.L 0.5 A.L A.L,Habitation 0.6 A.L A.L,Habitation 0.7 A.L A.L,Habitation 0.8 A.L A.L,Bamboo 0.9 A.L A.L 1 A.L A.L 1.1 A.L A.L 1.2 2 Trees,Pond Habitation,A.L 1.3 A.L,2 EP 1 EP,A.L 1.4 A.L 2 Trees 1.5 A.L 4 Trees 1.6 2 Trees,Bamboo,Pond Bamboo 1.7 Bamboo Bamboo 1.8 Habitation,2 EP Bamboo 1.9 A.L,1 EP,A.L Habitation,A.L 2 Bamboo,Habitation Habitation,Pond 2.1 Habitation Habitation,2 Trees 2.2 2 Pond,3 Trees, Habitation Pond,A.L 2.3 Habitation Habitation,A.L,W.L,Bamboo 7 Trees 2.4 Plantation Habitation,Pond 2.5 Habitation,A.L Habitation 2.6 Habitation,Pond 149

A.L,Bamboo 2.7 Habitation,Marshy Land Habitation,A.L,4 Trees 2.8 Habitation,A.L3 Trees Bamboo,Pond 2.9 Bamboo,Pond Habitation,A.L,School 3 A.L 2 Ponds,1 Tree,A.L 3.1 Pond,A.L,Habitation A.L,Habitation,1 Tree 3.2 A.L,Habitation A.L,Habitation 3.3 A.L,Marshy Land,1 Tree Pond,2 Trees 3.4 A.L,Marshy Land 1 Tree,water Logging 3.5 2 Trees,Water Logged 1 Tree,Habitation,A.L,Bamboo 3.6 2 Trees,A.L,Bamboo A.L,Bamboo,1 Tree 3.7 A.L A.L,water Logged 3 Trees 3.8 Area,Habitation Bamboo,Habitation 3.9 A.L,W.L,Bamboo,Habitation Habitation,Bamboo 4 Habitation,Pond,1 EP Bamboo,Habitation,1 Tree, 1EP 4.1 Bamboo,W.L Habitation,1 EP,1 Tree 4.2 Habitation,1 Tree,A.L,2 Trees 1 EP,Habitation 4.3 4 Trees,Habitation,Pond 2 Pond,1 EP 4.4 1 Tree,Habitation A.L,2 EP,Habitation 4.5 A.L,Bamboo,1EP,Habitation Bamboo,Pond,A.L 4.6 A.L Pond,Habitation 4.7 A.L,1 EP,Pond,Habitation A.L,Habitation,EP,2 Trees 4.8 A.L,1 EP,2 Trees A.L,O.L,2 Trees,1 EP 4.9 School,2 Trees,A.L 2 EP,O.L. 5 Pond,Habitation,3 Trees Habitation,2 Trees 5.1 Habitation,6 Trees,O.L 3 Trees,1 EP,Pond 5.2 Bamboo ,W.L,1 EP Habitation 5.3 Pond,7 Trees,Habitation,1 EP 2 Pond,A.L 5.4 1 EP,Pond,A.L A.L,W.L 5.5 2 EP,A.L A.L,6 Trees 5.6 Habitation,4 Trees

150

Bamboo,Habitation,3 Trees 5.7 O.L,W.L,Habitation A.L 5.8 Habitation,A.L 2 Trees,A.L 5.9 6 Trees,W.L A.L, 6 A.L,O.L 1 Tree 6.1 1 Tree A.L,W.L 6.2 W.L A.L 6.3 A.L,W.L A.L,OpenLand 6.4 A.L W.L,Well,1 EP,Bamboo 6.5 Bamboo,Habitation Habitation,1 EP,Habitation,A.L 6.6 Habitation,Bamboo EP 6.7 O.L 1 Tree,EP 6.8 O.L,1 EP Pond,1 EP, 6.9 Bamboo,W.L,Habitation 1 EP 7 Habitation,W.L Habitation 7.1 Pond,O.L O.L,Bamboo,1 EP 7.2 W.L,A.Lhabitation,Pond 1 EP,Pond,Bamboo 7.3 Pond,Habitation,1 Tree 2 EP 7.4 Habitation 1 EP,A.L 7.5 1 Tree,A.L,Habitation A.L 7.6 A.L,1 EP,W.L W.L,O.L,Pond 7.7 W.L,Habitation A.L 7.8 O.L,A.L O.L 7.9 Habitation,1 EP,Pond A.L-Agriculture land O.L-Open land H.P-Hand pump EP-Electric pole C.D-cross drainage

151

Attachment V Photo Plates

Start Point of Proposed Road Alignment( End Point of Proposed Road Alignment

Public Consultation Section of the Road Alignment

152

Appendix 4.1: Guidelines for Borrow Areas Management

1. SELECTION OF BORROW AREAS Location of borrow areas shall be finalized as per IRC: 10-1961guidlines. The finalization of locations in case of borrows areas identified in private land shall depend upon the formal agreement between landowners and contractor. If, agreement is not reached between the contractor and landowners for the identified borrow areas sites, arrangement for locating the source of supply of material for embankment and sub-grade as well as compliance to environment requirements in respect of excavation and borrow areas as stipulated from time to time by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, and local bodies, as applicable shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor. The contractor in addition to the established practices, rules and regulation will also consider following criteria before finalizing the locations. (1) The borrow area should not be located in agriculture field unless unavoidable i.e. barren land is not available. (2) The borrow pits preferably should not be located along the roads. (3) The loss of productive and agriculture soil should be minimum. (4) The loss of vegetation is almost nil or minimum. (5) The Contractor will ensure that suitable earth is available. 2. CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILTY The Contractor shall obtain representative samples from each of the identified borrow areas and have these tested at the site laboratory following a testing programme approved by the Engineer. It shall be ensured that the sub-grade material when compacted to the density requirements shall yield the design CBR value of the sub-grade. Contractor shall begin operations keeping in mind following; (1) Haulage of material to embankments or other areas of fill shall proceed only when sufficient spreading and compaction plants is operating at the place of deposition. (2) No excavated acceptable material other than surplus to requirements of the Contract shall be removed from the site. Contractor should be permitted to remove acceptable material from the site to suit his operational procedure, then shall make consequent deficit of material arising therefrom. (3) Where the excavation reveals a combination of acceptable and un- acceptable materials, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, carry out the excavation in such a manner that the acceptable materials are excavated separately for use in the permanent works without contamination by the un-acceptable materials. The acceptable material shall be stockpiled separately. (4) The Contractor shall ensure that he does not adversely affect the stability of excavation or fills by the methods of stockpiling materials, use of plants are siting of temporary buildings or structures. 153

3. BORROWING FROM DIFFERENT LAND-FORMS

A. Borrow Areas located in Agricultural Lands

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile. (ii) A 15 cm topsoil will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be stored in stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal). (iii) Borrowing of earth will be carried out up to a depth of 1.5m from the existing ground level. (iv) Borrowing of earth will not be done continuously through out the stretch. (v) Ridges of not less than 8m widths will be left at intervals not exceeding 300m. (vi) Small drains will be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to facilitate drainage. (vii) The slope of the edges will be maintained not steeper than 1:4 (vertical: Horizontal). (viii) The depth of borrow pits will not be more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm topsoil aside.

B. Borrow Areas located in Elevated Lands

C. Borrow Areas near River side

D. Borrow Areas near Settlements

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile.

154

(ii) A 15 cm t opsoil w ill be stripped o ff from t he bo rrow pi t an d this w ill be stored in stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal). (iii) Borrow pi t l ocation w ill be l ocated a t l east 0.7 5 km from v illages and settlements. I f un-avoidable, the pit will not be dug for more than 30 cm and drains will be cut to facilitate drainage. (iv) Borrow pi ts l ocated i n such l ocation w ill be r e-developed i mmediately after borrowing is completed. If spoils are dumped, that will be covered with a l ayers of stockpiled topsoil in acco rdance with compl iance requirements with respect MOEF/PPCB guidelines.

E. Borrow Pits along the Road

Borrow pits along the road shall be discouraged and if deemed necessary and permitted by the Engineer; following precautions are recommended (i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile. (ii) A 15 cm t opsoil w ill be stripped o ff from t he bo rrow pi t an d this w ill b e stored in stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal). (iii) Ridges of no t l ess than 8m widths should be l eft a t i ntervals no t exceeding 300m. (iv) Small drains shall be cut through the ridges of facilitate drainage. (v) The depth of the pits shall be so regulated that there bottom does not cut an i maginary l ine ha ving a slope of 1 v ertical to 4 horizontal projected from t he ed ge of the final sectio n of ba nk, the m aximum depth of an y case being limited to 1.5m. (vi) Also, no pi t sha ll be d ug w ithin the o ffset w idth from the toe o f t he embankment required as per the consideration of stability with a minimum width of 10m. 4. REHABILITATION OF BORROW AREAS The objective of the rehabilitation programme is to return the borrow pit sites to a safe and secure area, which the general public should be able to safely enter and enjoy. S ecuring borrow pits in a stable condition is fundamental requirement of the rehabilitation process. This could be achieved by filling the borrow pit floor to approximately the access road level.

Re-development plan shall be prepared by the Contractor before the start of work inline with the owners will require and to the satisfaction of owner. The Borrow Areas shall be rehabilitated as per following; Borrow pits shall be backfilled with rejected construction wastes and will be given a vegetative cover. If this is not possible, then excavation sloped will be smoothed and depression will be filled in such a way that it looks more or less like the original round surface. Borrow areas might be use d for aquaculture in case l andowner w ants such development. I n that case, such borrow area will be photographed 155

after their post use restoration and Environment Expert of Supervision Consultant will certify the post use redevelopment. The Contractor will keep record of photographs of various stages i.e., before using materials from the location (pre-project), for the period borrowing activities (construction Phase) and after rehabilitation (post development), to ascertain the pre and post borrowing status of the area.

156

157

Appendix 5.1: Environmental Management Plan

Standard Environmental Management Plan

Road Name: Total length: Block Name: District Name: (NOTE: Please refer to the ECOP checklists for individual roads and enter details under column on Location/numbers where indicated. This step will convert this standard EMP into a road specific EMP to be attached to the DPR for each road) SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring I Design and Preconstruction Stage 1. Climate Change o Compliance to climate change All through the Design costs. PIU, Design PIU, SRRDA Consideration and vulnerability check point given under alignment of each consultants Vulnerability EARF and adoption of necessary rural road screening mitigative measures as may be required o Efforts shall be made to plant additional trees for increasing the carbon sink. The tree may be planted with help of PRI (Panchayati Raj Institution) 2. Finalization of o The road will be part of district core All through the Design costs PIU, Design PIU, SRRDA alignment network and will comply with PMGSY alignment of each consultants guidelines rural road o Subproject shall not disturb any cultural heritage designated by the government or by the international agencies, such as UNESCO, and shall avoid any monuments of cultural or historical importance. o Subproject will not pass through any designated wild life sanctuaries, national park, notified Eco sensitive areas or area of international significance such

158

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring as protective wet land designated under Wetland Convention, and reserve forest area.. o Subproject to comply with local and National legislative requirements such as forest clearance for diversion of forestland and ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009. o Alignment finalization considering availability of right of way and in consultation with local people. o ROW may be reduced in built up area or constricted areas to minimize land acquisition as per PMGSY Guidelines. o Adjust alignment to the extent feasible to avoid tree cutting, shifting of utilities or community structure. o The road shall follow natural topography to avoid excessive cut and fill. 3. Land acquisition o Land acquisition, compensation All through the Land to be PIU PIU, SRRDA, packages, resettlement and alignment of each made PIC, TSC rehabilitation, poverty alleviation rural road available and programs for affected people and all necessary other related issues are addressed costs if any to through Social Impacts and be borne by Resettlement & Rehabilitation report. the state 4. Clearing of o All efforts shall be taken to avoid tree All through the Costs for Forestry PIU, PIC, vegetation and cutting wherever possible. alignment of each Forestry clearance and TSC removing trees o Requisite permission from forest rural road clearance for permit to be department shall be obtained for cutting (Enter chainages diversion of obtained by the 159

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring of roadside trees. where tree cutting forest land, PIU. o Provision of Compensatory Afforestation and diversion of obtaining tree shall be made on 1:3.ratio basis (1:6 for forest land is cutting permit Compensatory Assam state). required & to be borne plantation to be o Permission shall be taken for diversion proposed by state. carried out in of any forest land if involved. Provision plantation Costs for coordination shall be made for additional location if details compensator with PRI under compensatory tree plantation. are available) y forestation schemes such o The vegetative cover shall be removed to be borne as NREGA or and disposed in consultation with by state or by local Forestry community. PRI – Department NREGA scheme. 5. Shifting of utilities o The road land width shall be clearly (Enter chainages Costs to PIU, contractor, PIU, PIC, and common demarcated on the ground. where shifting of cover shifting utility agencies TSC property resources o All efforts will be made to minimize utility structures and (Internal shifting of utilities and common property and common reconstructio procedures to

resources property n of common be discussed

o Utility and community structure shifting resources are property and agreed

required. Enter shall be planned in consultations and resources between the concurrence of the community total numbers of must be above parties) o Required permissions and necessary each structure included actions will be taken on a timely basis required for under project for removing and shifting utility shifting/removal) costs. structures and common property resources before road construction activities begin.

6. Design and o The alignment design shall consider All through the Part of PIU, Design PIU, SRRDA

160

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring planning of options to minimize excessive cuts and alignment of each Project Cost Consultants embankment fills. rural road construction o The cut off material shall be planned to be used for embankment to minimize (Enter the borrow earth requirement. chainages that are o The design shall be as per relevant IRC prone to floods) provisions for cut and fill, slope protection and drainage. o The top soil of the cut and fill area shall be used for embankment slope protection o Embankment will be designed above High Flood Level (HFL) in flood prone areas where feasible. 7. Hydrology and o Provision of adequate cross drainage Near all drainage Included in PIU, Design PIU, SRRDA Drainage structure shall be made to ensure crossings, nalas, project costs. consultants smooth passage of water and rivers, streams maintaining natural drainage pattern of and ponds. the area. o The discharge capacity of the CD (Enter chainages structure shall be designed accordingly. where o Provision of adequate drainage earthern/structura structures shall be made in water l cross drains, stagnant/logging areas. longitudinal o The construction work near water body drains, streams, shall be planned preferably in dry ponds and rivers season so that water quality of the water exist) channel is not affected due to siltation and rain water runoff. o Provision of additional cross drainage 161

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring structure shall be made in the areas where nearby land is sloping towards road alignment on both the sides. o Provision of concrete road construction in habitat area with drainage of both side of the road shall be made as per the design provision and with adequate slope to prevent any water logging. 8. Establishment of o Construction camp sites shall be located For all roads To be Contractor PIU, PIC, Construction away from any local human settlements included in TSC Camp, temporary and forested areas (minimum 0.5 km contractor‟s office and storage away) and preferably located on lands, cost area which are not productive (barren/waste lands presently). o Similarly temporary office and storage areas shall be located away from human settlement areas and forested areas (minimum 0.5 km). o The construction camps, office and storage areas shall have provision of adequate water supply, sanitation and all requisite infrastructure facilities. o The construction camps, office and storage areas shall have provision of septic tank/soak pit of adequate capacity so that it can function properly for the entire duration of its use. o All construction camps shall have provision of rationing facilities particularly for kerosene/LPG so that

162

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring dependence on firewood for cooking is avoided to the extent possible. o The construction camps, office and storage areas shall have provision of health care facilities for adults, pregnant women and children. o Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) like helmet, boots, earplugs for workers, first aid and fire fighting equipments shall be available at construction sites before start of construction. An emergency plan shall be prepared to fight with any emergency like fire. o Provision shall be made for domestic solid waste disposal in a controlled manner. The recyclable waste shall be sold off and non-saleable and biodegradable waste shall be disposed through secured land filling. o Provision of paved area for unloading and storage of fuel oil, lubricant oil, away from storm water drainage. 9. Traffic o Identify the areas where temporary As proposed under To be Contractor PIU, PIC, Management and traffic diversion may be required. DPR and included in TSC Road Safety o Prepare appropriate traffic movement determined by contractor‟s plan approved by respective PIU for contractor and cost

ensuring continued safe flow of traffic, approved by

pedestrians and all road users during PIC/PIU/ construction. (Enter the o Wherever, cross drainage structure chainages which 163

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring work require longer construction time may require and road is to be blocked for longer traffic diversions duration, the PIU/DPR consultant shall where possible) define appropriate measures for traffic diversion before the start of the construction. o Adequate signboards shall be placed much ahead of diversion site to caution the road users. The road signs should be bold and retro reflective in nature for good visibility both during the day and night. o It is proposed for the respective PIU to discuss with the railways division/department for providing adequate safety measures at unmanned railway crossing where applicable. Adequate clearly visible sign shall be provided on both sides of the railway crossing All measures for traffic control and safety in accordance with IRC codes:99-1988 will be followed II. Construction Stage 10. Sourcing and Borrow Earth: (Enter chainage or To be Contractor transportation of o The borrow earth shall be obtained from probable included construction identified locations and with prior locations of under PIC, PIU, material permission of landowner and clear borrow areas. contractors TSC understanding for its rehabilitation. Enter name and costs o The re-habilitation plan may include the location of following: identified

164

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring . Borrow pits shall be backfilled with quarries.) rejected construction wastes and will be given a vegetative cover. If this is not possible, then excavation sloped will be smoothed and depression will be filled in such a way that it looks more or less like the original ground surface. . Borrow areas might be used for aquaculture in case landowner wants such development. o The Indian Road Congress (IRC):10- 1961 guideline should be used for selection of borrow pits and amount that can be borrowed. o Borrowing earth from agricultural land shall be minimized to the extent possible. Further, no earth shall be borrowed from already low-lying areas. o A 15 cm topsoil will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be stored in stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal). o Borrowing of earth will not be done continuously through out the stretch. o Ridges of not less than 8m widths will be left at intervals not exceeding 300m. o Small drains will be cut through the 165

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring ridges, if necessary, to facilitate drainage. o The slope of the edges will be maintained not steeper than 1:4 (vertical: Horizontal). o The depth of borrow pits will not be more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm topsoil aside. o Fly ash will be used in road embankment as per IRC guidelines wherever thermal power plant is located within 100 km of the road alignment. Aggregate : o The stone aggregate shall be sourced from existing licensed quarries o Copies of consent/ approval / rehabilitation plan for use of existing source will be submitted to PIU. o Topsoil to be stockpiled and protected for use at the rehabilitation stage Transportation of Construction Material o Existing tracks / roads are to be used for hauling of materials to the extent possible. o Prior to construction of roads, topsoil shall be preserved and shall be used for other useful purposes like using in turfing of embankment. o The vehicles deployed for material transportation shall be spillage proof to

166

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring avoid or minimize the spillage of the material during transportation. In any case, the transportation links are to be inspected at least twice daily to clear accidental spillage, if any. 11. Loss of Productive o The top soil from the productive land Soil, erosion and (borrow areas, road widening areas etc.) land use change shall be preserved and reused for plantation purposes. o It shall also be used as top cover of embankment slope for growing vegetation to protect soil erosion. o Cut and fill shall be planned as per IRC provisions and rural road manual. o All steep cuts shall be flattened and To be All though the benched. included alignment of each o Shrubs shall be planted in loose soil under Contractor PIU / SRRDA project road area. contractors

o IRC: 56 -1974 recommended practice costs for treatment of embankment slopes for erosion control shall be taken into consideration. o It shall be ensured that the land taken on lease for access road, construction camp and temporary office of the storage facilities is restored back to its original land use before handing it over back to land owner. 12. Compaction and o To prevent soil compaction in the All though the To be Contractor, PIU, PIC, Contamination of adjoining productive lands beyond the alignment of each included TSC 167

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring Soil ROW, the movement of construction project road under vehicles, machinery and equipment contractors shall be restricted to the designated costs haulage route. o The productive land shall be reclaimed after construction activity. o Fuel and lubricants shall be stored at the predefined storage location. o The storage area shall be paved with gentle slope to a corner and connected with a chamber to collect any spills of the oils. o All efforts shall be made to minimise the waste generation. Unavoidable waste shall be stored at the designated place prior to disposal. o To avoid soil contamination at the wash- down and re-fuelling areas, “oil interceptors” shall be provided. Oil and grease spill and oil soaked materials are to be collected and stored in labelled containers (Labelled: WASTE OIL; and hazardous sign be displayed) and sold off to SPCB/ MoEF authorized re- refiners. 13. Construction Debris o Excavated materials from roadway, All though the To be Contractor PIU, PIC, and waste shoulders, verges, drains, cross alignment of each included TSC drainage will be used for backfilling project road under embankments, filling pits, and contractors landscaping. costs

168

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring o Unusable debris material should be suitably disposed off at pre-designated disposal locations, with approval of the concerned authority. o The bituminous wastes shall be disposed in secure manner at designated landfill sites only in an environmentally accepted manner. o For removal of debris, wastes and its disposal MOSRTH guidelines should be followed. Unproductive/wastelands shall be selected with the consent of villagers and Panchayat for the same. The dumping site should be of adequate capacity. It should be located at least 500 m away from the residential areas. Dumping sites should be away from water bodies to prevent any contamination of these bodies. 14. Air and Noise o Vehicles delivering loose and fine Throughout the To be Contractor PIU, SRRDA Quality materials like sand and aggregates shall project road section included be covered. under o Dust suppression measures like water contractors sprinkling, shall be applied in all dust costs prone locations such as unpaved haulage roads, earthworks, stockpiles and asphalt mixing areas. o Mixing plants and asphalt (hot mix) plants shall be located at least 0.5 km away and in downwind direction of the 169

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring human settlements. o Material storage areas shall also be located downwind of the habitation area. o Hot mix plant shall be fitted with stack of adequate height (30 m) or as may be prescribed by SPCB to ensure enough dispersion of exit gases. Consent to establish and operate shall be obtained from State Pollution Control Board and comply with all consent conditions. o Diesel Generating (DG) sets shall also be fitted with stack of adequate height (as per regulation height of the stack of open to air DG set shall be about 0.5 m for 5 KVA and about 0.7 m for 10 KVA DG sets, above top of sound proofing enclosure of the DG set). Low sulphur diesel shall be used in DG sets and other construction machineries where available. Construction vehicles and machineries shall be periodically maintained. 15. Tree plantation o Compensatory Afforestation shall be (Enter the Costs to be PIU to PIU, PIC, made on 1:3.ratio basis.(1;6 for Assam number of trees covered by coordinate TSC state) requird for state or PRI compensatory o Additional trees shall be planted planting and under forestation with wherever feasible. location of schemes PRI under o Follow up maintenance of planted plantation site if such as schemes such saplings will be carried out for a available) NREGA as NREGA or minimum of 3 years local Forestry

170

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring Department 16. Ground Water and o Requisite permission shall be obtained Throughout the To be Contractor PIU, PIC, Surface Water for abstraction of groundwater from project road included TSC Quality and State Ground Water Board/Central under Availability Ground Water Authority if applicable. contractors o The contractor shall arrange for water costs required during construction in such a way that the water availability and supply to nearby communities remains unaffected. o Water intensive activities shall not be undertaken during summer period to the extent feasible. o Provision shall be made to link side drains with the nearby ponds for facilitating water harvesting if feasible o Where ponds are not available, the water harvesting pits shall be constructed as per the requirement and rainfall intensity. o Preventive measures like slope stabilisation, etc shall be taken for prevention of siltation in water bodies. 17 Occupational o The requisite PPE (helmet, mask, boot, In all project roads Costs to be Contractor PIC, PIU, Health and Safety hand gloves, earplugs) shall be provided borne by TSC to the construction workers. Contractor o Workers‟ exposure to noise will be restricted to less than 8 hours a day. Workers duty shall be regulated accordingly. 171

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring o Septic tank or mobile toilets fitted with anaerobic treatment facility shall be provided at construction camp/temporary office/storage areas. o Domestic solid waste at construction camp shall be segregated into biodegradable and non-biodegradable waste. III Post Construction and Operation Stage 18. Air and Noise o Awareness sign board shall be provided Throughout the construction Contractor, PIC, PIU, Quality for slow driving near the habitat areas to project section at cost TSC minimize dust generation due to vehicle the location movement. Speed limitation and determined by honking restrictions may be enforced contractor and near sensitive locations. approved by PIU 19. Site restoration o All construction camp/temporary All locations of To be borne Contractor PIU, PIC, office/material storage areas are to be construction by the TSC restored to its original conditions. camps/temporary contractor o The borrow areas rehabilitation will be office/ material ensured as per the agreed plan with the storage, and landowner. borrow areas o Obtain clearance from PIU before handling over the site to SRRDA. o PIC to undertake survivability assessment and report to PIU the status of compensatory tree plantation at a stage of completion of construction with recommendation for improving the survivability of the tree if required 20. Hydrology and o Regular removal/cleaning of deposited At project road To be PIU PIU, SRRDA

172

SL. Project Mitigation Measures Location/numbers Costs Responsible Responsible NO. Action/Environme for for ntal Attributes Implementing Monitoring Drainage silt shall be done from drainage locations with covered channels and outlet points before the drainage structures under road monsoon season. maintenance o Rejuvenation of the drainage system by costs. removing encroachments/ congestions shall be regularly conducted

Note : 1. Road specific measures may vary depending on its location and environmental setting around. The exact extent of activities and related measures requires will depend on final alignment selection. Table 1 provides the list of common utilities, ponds, or community structures falling within 2-4 M of the road and may require shifting. Efforts shall be made to adopt the mitigative measures listed under respective section above including measures of aligning road on one end to save the the structures/trees as much as possible. The PIU will update this EMP before

attaching it with the DPR and either list or refer to the section of DPR for highlighting the exact location with chainage of action areas

(regarding shifting of common utilities, community structures, location of CD structures, embankment height in the flood prone areas, slope

stabilization measures with locations near ponds or water bodies, tree cutting locations)

2. The information to be updated in the standard EMP before attaching it with DPR is highlighted under location column of the standard EMP.

173

Table 1: West Bengal: Environmental Features within 2-4 Km from road edge which may require shifting /protection measures. Block District Road name Hand Electric Teleph Trees Templ Scho Pond Fore R Water logging pump poles one e ol s/we st i poles ll v e r Baduria North 24 Keotsah Bazar 11 76 - 160 - 1 2 - - Ch.1.3,2.1,2.4 to 2.6,3.2 to Parganas (Buruz More) To Pond 3.4,4.0,4.3,4.4,5.1,5.3,5.5 to Jasaikathi s 5.8,6.0 and 6.2. Haiderpara (Idgah) Via Atlia

Bangaon North 24 Old Bangaon East 10 17 7. 62 - - - - - Ch. 0.2 to 1.2 ,1.6, 1.9 and 2.1. Parganas to Pratapnagar Alipurdu Jalpaiguri T 07 at Lal School 2 76 - 71 - 2 7 - 1 Ch. 2.5 and 2.6 ar-II to Brazer Kuthi Pond s Mal Jalpaiguri Ranichera Tea - 3 - 17 - 1 1 - - Ch. 1.0 to 1.7,2.0 on the right Garden to Well hand side and 1.8 to 1.9 on Paschim Damdim the both side of the road. Rajganj Jalpaiguri T05 at Bikash 1 67 3 88 2 1 1 - 1 - Nagar To Rajfapri Well Sadar Jalpaiguri T-14 at - 40 1 111 - 2 32 - - Ch.2.4,2.7,3.3,3.4,3.8,3.9,4.1,5. Sarkarpara to pond 7,5.9,6.2,6.3,6.9.7.0,7.2,7.6,7.7 Munshipara s,1 on the RHS,3.5 on the both well side and 6.2,6.5,7.7 on the LHS Beldanga Kapasdanga 7.1.1.1.1 7.1.1.1.2- 7.1.1.1.32 7.1.1.1.4- 7.1.1.1.56 7.1.1.1.62 7.1.1.1.7 7.1.1.1.82 7.1.1.1.92 - - - Murshida Bridge to 5 5 bad Kapasdanga p Jitpur

174

o n d s Bhagawa Charpaikamari to 2 18 - 90 - - - - - Ch. 0.2,0.6,0.9,2.8,3.3 ngola Murshida Chardebipur bad Kandi Panchthupi to - 23 - 44 2 - 2 - 1 Ch.1.4,4.2 on the right hand Murshida Molla pond side and 1.8 on the left hand bad (Mahadebati) s side of the road. Raghuna Puthia to Jat 1 28 - 40 1 - - - - - thganj II Murshida Bishwanath bad (Chandpur) Raghuna Puthia to 2 15 - 59 - - 1 - - Ch. 0.4. thganj II Murshida Ramchandrapur Pond bad Joypur Bankura Joypur to Gelia 11 99 - 75 1 2 28 - - Ch. 1.9 ,10.3. Pond s Raipur Bankura T 10 Dhengram 8 94 - 113 - 1 1 - - Ch. 0.5,1.1,3.9,9.1,9.2 and 9.5. to Bihanpur Pond Raipur Bankura Goborda to 8 76 - 245 1 - 12 - - Ch. 0.6,4.0,4.1,4.3,4.4,4.9,9.0 Satpatta pond s EP=Electr All these features ic pole are in the range of 0 to 4m from the road HP=Hand TP : Telephone pump Pole

175

Appendix 5.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan

I. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING DESIGN AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Monitoring Responsibility: PIU with Support from PIC

Monitoring Frequency: Once during pre-construction stage

Road Name with Block and District Name:……………….

Road Length: …………

Report No.: ……….

SL. Environment Mitigation Measures Location Compliance Corrective action NO. al Attributes status proposed if any (Complied, partly complied, not complied) 1.. Climate o Compliance to climate change vulnerability check All through the alignment of Change point given under EARF and adoption of necessary each rural road Consideration mitigative measures as may be required and o Efforts shall be made to plant additional trees for Vulnerability increasing the carbon sink. The tree may be planted screening with help of PRI (Panchayati Raj Institution) 2.. Finalization of o The road will be part of district core network and will All through the alignment of alignment comply with PMGSY guidelines each rural road o Subproject shall not disturb any cultural heritage designated by the government or by the international

agencies, such as UNESCO, and shall avoid any

monuments of cultural or historical importance.

o Subproject will not pass through any designated wild

176

SL. Environment Mitigation Measures Location Compliance Corrective action NO. al Attributes status proposed if any (Complied, partly complied, not complied) life sanctuaries, national park, notified Eco sensitive areas or area of international significance such as protective wet land designated under Wetland Convention, and reserve forest area.. o Subproject to comply with local and National legislative requirements such as forest clearance for diversion of forestland and ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009. o Alignment finalization considering availability of right of way and in consultation with local people. o ROW may be reduced in built up area or constricted areas to minimize land acquisition as per PMGSY Guidelines. o Adjust alignment to the extent feasible to avoid tree cutting, shifting of utilities or community structure. o The road shall follow natural topography to avoid excessive cut and fill. 3. Land o Land acquisition, compensation packages, All through the alignment of acquisition resettlement and rehabilitation, poverty alleviation each rural road programs for affected people and all other related issues are addressed through Social Impacts and Resettlement & Rehabilitation report. 4. Clearing of o All efforts shall be taken to avoid tree cutting All through the alignment of vegetation and wherever possible. each rural road removing trees o Requisite permission from forest department shall be (Enter chainages where obtained for cutting of roadside trees. tree cutting and diversion 7.77 o Provision of Compensatory Afforestation shall be of forest land is required made on 1:3.ratio basis (1:6 for Assam state). & proposed plantation 177

SL. Environment Mitigation Measures Location Compliance Corrective action NO. al Attributes status proposed if any (Complied, partly complied, not complied) o Permission shall be taken for diversion of any forest location if details are land if involved. Provision shall be made for additional available) compensatory tree plantation. o The vegetative cover shall be removed and disposed in consultation with community. 5. Shifting of o The road land width shall be clearly demarcated on (Enter chainages where utilities and the ground. shifting of utility common o All efforts will be made to minimize shifting of utilities structures and common property and common property resources property resources are resources o Utility and community structure shifting shall be required. Enter total planned in consultations and concurrence of the numbers of each community structure required for o Required permissions and necessary actions will be shifting/removal) taken on a timely basis for removing and shifting utility structures and common property resources before road construction activities begin. 6. Design and o The alignment design shall consider options to All through the alignment of planning of minimize excessive cuts and fills. each rural road embankment o The cut off material shall be planned to be used for construction embankment to minimize borrow earth requirement. (Enter the chainages that o The design shall be as per relevant IRC provisions for are prone to floods) cut and fill, slope protection and drainage. o The top soil of the cut and fill area shall be used for embankment slope protection Embankment will be designed above High Flood Level (HFL) in flood prone areas where feasible. 7. Hydrology and o Provision of adequate cross drainage structure shall Near all drainage crossings, Drainage be made to ensure smooth passage of water and nalas, rivers, streams and

178

SL. Environment Mitigation Measures Location Compliance Corrective action NO. al Attributes status proposed if any (Complied, partly complied, not complied) maintaining natural drainage pattern of the area. ponds. o The discharge capacity of the CD structure shall be designed accordingly. (Enter chainages where o Provision of adequate drainage structures shall be earthern/structural cross made in water stagnant/logging areas. drains, longitudinal o The construction work near water body shall be drains, streams, ponds planned preferably in dry season so that water quality and rivers exist) of the water channel is not affected due to siltation and rain water runoff. o Provision of additional cross drainage structure shall be made in the areas where nearby land is sloping towards road alignment on both the sides. o Provision of concrete road construction in habitat area with drainage of both side of the road shall be made as per the design provision and with adequate slope to prevent any water logging. 8. Establishment o Construction camp sites shall be located away from For all roads of Construction any local human settlements and forested areas Camp, (minimum 0.5 km away) and preferably located on temporary lands, which are not productive (barren/waste lands office and presently). storage area o Similarly temporary office and storage areas shall be located away from human settlement areas and forested areas (minimum 0.5 km). o The construction camps, office and storage areas shall have provision of adequate water supply, sanitation and all requisite infrastructure facilities. o The construction camps, office and storage areas 179

SL. Environment Mitigation Measures Location Compliance Corrective action NO. al Attributes status proposed if any (Complied, partly complied, not complied) shall have provision of septic tank/soak pit of adequate capacity so that it can function properly for the entire duration of its use. o All construction camps shall have provision of rationing facilities particularly for kerosene/LPG so that dependence on firewood for cooking is avoided to the extent possible. o The construction camps, office and storage areas shall have provision of health care facilities for adults, pregnant women and children. o Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) like helmet, boots, earplugs for workers, first aid and fire fighting equipments shall be available at construction sites before start of construction. An emergency plan shall be prepared to fight with any emergency like fire. o Provision shall be made for domestic solid waste disposal in a controlled manner. The recyclable waste shall be sold off and non-saleable and biodegradable waste shall be disposed through secured land filling. o Provision of paved area for unloading and storage of fuel oil, lubricant oil, away from storm water drainage. 9. Traffic o Identify the areas where temporary traffic diversion As proposed under DPR Management may be required. and determined by and Road o Prepare appropriate traffic movement plan approved contractor and approved Safety by respective PIU for ensuring continued safe flow of by PIC/PIU/ traffic, pedestrians and all road users during (Enter the chainages construction. which may require traffic o Wherever, cross drainage structure work require diversions where

180

SL. Environment Mitigation Measures Location Compliance Corrective action NO. al Attributes status proposed if any (Complied, partly complied, not complied) longer construction time and road is to be blocked for possible) longer duration, the PIU/DPR consultant shall define appropriate measures for traffic diversion before the start of the construction. o Adequate signboards shall be placed much ahead of diversion site to caution the road users. The road signs should be bold and retro reflective in nature for good visibility both during the day and night. o It is proposed for the respective PIU to discuss with the railways division/department for providing adequate safety measures at unmanned railway crossing where applicable. Adequate clearly visible sign shall be provided on both sides of the railway crossing All measures for traffic control and safety in accordance with IRC codes:99-1988 will be followed 10. Grievance o Maintaining records of all environment related All project roads. Redress grievances raised, if any, and the actions taken to address them through the village level grievance redress committee (GRC) and PIU as applicable

NOTE: Each report must enclose Photograph to the maximum possible action points, even if work is in progress. 181

II. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Monitoring Responsibility: PIU with Support from PIC

Monitoring Frequency : Once during construction after completion of about 50% of construction

Project Details:…………….

Road Stretch Name : ……….

Monitoring Report Quarter No.: ……..

SL. Environmental Mitigation Measures Location Compliance status Corrective NO. Attributes (Complied, partly action complied, not proposed if complied) any 1. Sourcing and Borrow Earth: (Enter chainage or transportation of o The borrow earth shall be obtained from identified probable construction material locations and with prior permission of landowner locations of and clear understanding for its rehabilitation. borrow areas. o The re-habilitation plan may include the following: Enter name and . Borrow pits shall be backfilled with rejected location of construction wastes and will be given a identified vegetative cover. If this is not possible, then quarries.) excavation sloped will be smoothed and depression will be filled in such a way that it looks more or less like the original ground surface. . Borrow areas might be used for aquaculture in case landowner wants such development. o The Indian Road Congress (IRC):10-1961 guideline should be used for selection of borrow

182

pits and amount that can be borrowed. o Borrowing earth from agricultural land shall be minimized to the extent possible. Further, no earth shall be borrowed from already low-lying areas. o A 15 cm topsoil will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be stored in stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal). o Borrowing of earth will not be done continuously through out the stretch. o Ridges of not less than 8m widths will be left at intervals not exceeding 300m. o Small drains will be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to facilitate drainage. o The slope of the edges will be maintained not steeper than 1:4 (vertical: Horizontal). o The depth of borrow pits will not be more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm topsoil aside. o Fly ash will be used in road embankment as per IRC guidelines wherever thermal power plant is located within 100 km of the road alignment. Aggregate : o The stone aggregate shall be sourced from existing licensed quarries o Copies of consent/ approval / rehabilitation plan for use of existing source will be submitted to PIU. o Topsoil to be stockpiled and protected for use at the rehabilitation stage Transportation of Construction Material o Existing tracks / roads are to be used for hauling 183

of materials to the extent possible. o Prior to construction of roads, topsoil shall be preserved and shall be used for other useful purposes like using in turfing of embankment. o The vehicles deployed for material transportation shall be spillage proof to avoid or minimize the spillage of the material during transportation. In any case, the transportation links are to be inspected at least twice daily to clear accidental spillage, if any. 2. Loss of Productive o The top soil from the productive land (borrow All though the Soil, erosion and areas, road widening areas etc.) shall be alignment of each land use change preserved and reused for plantation purposes. project road o It shall also be used as top cover of embankment slope for growing vegetation to protect soil erosion. o Cut and fill shall be planned as per IRC provisions and rural road manual. o All steep cuts shall be flattened and benched. o Shrubs shall be planted in loose soil area. o IRC: 56 -1974 recommended practice for treatment of embankment slopes for erosion control shall be taken into consideration. o It shall be ensured that the land taken on lease for access road, construction camp and temporary office of the storage facilities is restored back to its original land use before handing it over back to land owner. 3. Compaction and o To prevent soil compaction in the adjoining All though the Contamination of Soil productive lands beyond the ROW, the alignment of each movement of construction vehicles, machinery project road and equipment shall be restricted to the designated haulage route. 184

o The productive land shall be reclaimed after construction activity. o Fuel and lubricants shall be stored at the predefined storage location. o The storage area shall be paved with gentle slope to a corner and connected with a chamber to collect any spills of the oils. o All efforts shall be made to minimise the waste generation. Unavoidable waste shall be stored at the designated place prior to disposal. o To avoid soil contamination at the wash-down and re-fuelling areas, “oil interceptors” shall be provided. Oil and grease spill and oil soaked materials are to be collected and stored in labelled containers (Labelled: WASTE OIL; and hazardous sign be displayed) and sold off to SPCB/ MoEF authorized re-refiners. Construction Debris o Excavated materials from roadway, shoulders, All though the 4. and waste verges, drains, cross drainage will be used for alignment of each backfilling embankments, filling pits, and project road landscaping. o Unusable debris material should be suitably disposed off at pre-designated disposal locations, with approval of the concerned authority. o The bituminous wastes shall be disposed in secure manner at designated landfill sites only in an environmentally accepted manner. o For removal of debris, wastes and its disposal MOSRTH guidelines should be followed. Unproductive/wastelands shall be selected with the consent of villagers and Panchayat for the same. The dumping site should be of adequate capacity. It should be located at least 500 m away 185

from the residential areas. Dumping sites should be away from water bodies to prevent any contamination of these bodies. 5. Air and Noise Quality o Vehicles delivering loose and fine materials like Throughout the sand and aggregates shall be covered. project road section o Dust suppression measures like water sprinkling, shall be applied in all dust prone locations such as unpaved haulage roads, earthworks, stockpiles and asphalt mixing areas. o Mixing plants and asphalt (hot mix) plants shall be located at least 0.5 km away and in downwind direction of the human settlements. o Material storage areas shall also be located downwind of the habitation area. o Hot mix plant shall be fitted with stack of adequate height (30 m) or as may be prescribed by SPCB to ensure enough dispersion of exit gases. Consent to establish and operate shall be obtained from State Pollution Control Board and comply with all consent conditions. o Diesel Generating (DG) sets shall also be fitted with stack of adequate height (as per regulation height of the stack of open to air DG set shall be about 0.5 m for 5 KVA and about 0.7 m for 10 KVA DG sets, above top of sound proofing enclosure of the DG set). Low sulphur diesel shall be used in DG sets and other construction machineries where available. Construction vehicles and machineries shall be periodically maintained. 6. Tree plantation o Compensatory Afforestation shall be made on (Enter the 1:3.ratio basis.(1;6 for Assam state) number of trees o requird for 186

planting and Additional trees shall be planted wherever feasible. 7.77 location of Follow up maintenance of planted saplings will be plantation site if carried out for a minimum of 3 years available) Ground Water and o Requisite permission shall be obtained for Throughout the 7. Surface Water abstraction of groundwater from State Ground project road Quality and Water Board/Central Ground Water Authority if Availability applicable. o The contractor shall arrange for water required during construction in such a way that the water availability and supply to nearby communities remains unaffected. o Water intensive activities shall not be undertaken during summer period to the extent feasible. o Provision shall be made to link side drains with the nearby ponds for facilitating water harvesting if feasible o Where ponds are not available, the water harvesting pits shall be constructed as per the requirement and rainfall intensity. Preventive measures like slope stabilisation, etc shall be taken for prevention of siltation in water bodies. 8. Occupational Health o The requisite PPE (helmet, mask, boot, hand In all project roads and Safety gloves, earplugs) shall be provided to the construction workers. o Workers‟ exposure to noise will be restricted to less than 8 hours a day. Workers duty shall be regulated accordingly. o Septic tank or mobile toilets fitted with anaerobic treatment facility shall be provided at construction camp/temporary office/storage areas. 187

Domestic solid waste at construction camp shall be segregated into biodegradable and non- biodegradable waste. 9. Grievance Redress o Maintaining records of all environment related All project roads. grievances raised, if any, and the actions taken to address them through the village level grievance redress committee (GRC) and PIU as applicable

NOTE: Each report must enclose Photograph to the maximum possible action points, even if work is in progress.

188

III. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING POST-CONSTRUCTION OR OPERATION STAGE

Monitoring Responsibility: PIU with Support from PIC

Monitoring Frequency: (Once, one month after completion of construction)

Project Details :…………….

Road Stretch Name: ……….

Monitoring Report No.: ……..

SL. Environmental Mitigation Measures Location Compliance Corrective NO. Attributes status action (Complied, proposed if partly complied, any not complied) 1. Air and Noise o Awareness sign board shall be provided for Throughout the Quality slow driving near the habitat areas to minimize project section at dust generation due to vehicle movement. the location Speed limitation and honking restrictions may determined by be enforced near sensitive locations. contractor and approved by PIU 2. Site restoration o All construction camp/temporary office/material All locations of storage areas are to be restored to its original construction conditions. camps/temporary o The borrow areas rehabilitation will be ensured office/ material as per the agreed plan with the landowner. storage, and o Obtain clearance from PIU before handling over borrow areas the site to SRRDA. o PIC to undertake survivability assessment and report to PIU the status of compensatory tree plantation at a stage of completion of 189

construction with recommendation for improving the survivability of the tree if required 3. Tree plantation o Follow up maintenance of planted saplings will (Enter the be carried out for a minimum of 3 years number of trees o Data on plantation survivability to be collected requird for planting and location of plantation sites) 4. Hydrology and o Regular removal/cleaning of deposited silt shall At project road Drainage be done from drainage channels and outlet locations with points before the monsoon season. drainage structures o Rejuvenation of the drainage system by removing encroachments/ congestions shall be regularly conducted 5. Grievance o Maintaining records of all environment related All project roads. Redress grievances raised, if any, and the actions taken to address them through the village level grievance redress committee (GRC) and PIU as applicable

NOTE: Each report must enclose Photograph to the maximum possible action points, even if work is in progress.

190

Appendix 6.1: Public Consultation in West Bengal

RRDA Officials:

District \ Block Block Name Designation Contact No. - Mr. S.K. sarkar Executive Engineer 9434442372 - Mr. Anand kumar Assitant Engineer Mr. Ajay Kumar Jalpaigudi Aliduarputi Assistant Engineer 07679872103 Sinha Mr. kalidas Assistant engineer 09475608600 Sader Block Mr. Swroop Junior Engineer Mr. Tapan Kumar Murshidabad - Assistant Engineer 09434173865 Mujumdar

Villagers

District Block Road Name Name of villagers Roshan Ali, Roshi lal, Mojunar, T07 Lal School to Aliduar Tanjir Ali, Raj Bhushan, Shoshi Brazer Kuthi Kanto Das T-14 at Sarkarpara to Somdutt, Rashid Ali, Shiv das, Jaipaigudi Sadar Munshipara Saleem Ali Sudeep RoyMadeep Roy, Shri T05 at Bikas Nagar to Rajganj Ram, Tim , Liaka popkom jeeven Rajfapri kumar, Bahadoor 191

Ranichera Tea Garden ManikRoy, Vijoy Roy, Pavin Roy, Mal to Paschim Damdim Manli

Murshidabad Babulal Sahu, Pila Ram, Narayan Darhi-Khandsara to Narad Sahu, Kartik Gaur, Bemetara Bandhi Road Dasharath Sahu, Munji Ram, Pusau Ram Kapasdanga Bridge to Sasti Day, Goutam Ghosh, Sarada Beldanga – Kapasdanga Jitpur Ghosh, Mangal Mal (1.5 km Panchthupi to Molla Jamaluddin shek, Sujoy Mondal, Kandi (Mahadebati SHoshikant

Raghunathganj Puthia to Jat II Bishwanath(1.5 km) Mangal Mondal, Prasenjeet Puthia to Rabidas Raghunathgang Ramchandrapur(3.0 Kajal Das II km Charpaikamari to Burdawan Bhagawangola Chardebipur) Gaucharya (3.3 km) Uttarlaxmipur to Sukum hembram, aladhar Guin, Purbasthali – II Tangaghata Ferry Ghat GP Secretary, Santu Ruidas, (3.7 km) Robiul Mallick

Joykrishnpur to Ausgram-I Gobindapur Ranjeet Ghosh, Dinu Ghosh , (8.0 km) Palash Ghosh Bankura

192

Prasenjeet Sarkar Keostsah Bazar to Bijoy Das, Sanjeeb Das Baduria Jasaikathi, Haiderpara Prasenjeet Sarkar (5.7 km)

Sanjeeb Das, Rakesh Sarker, North 24 Bangaon Old Bangaon East to Pradip Das, Gopal Das, Raghunath Parganas Pratapnagar(2.47 km) Sarkar , Kamal Sarkar